4. 尼萨耆亚篇显示巴利原文
4. Nissaggiyakaṇḍaṃ
一、衣服品显示巴利原文
1. Cīvaravaggo
1. 第一咖提那学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Paṭhamakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
459 “Samitāvinā”意为“已寂灭罪恶者”。“Gotamake cetiye”指的是在乔达摩夜叉的塔庙之处所建的寺院。世尊允许在家信众供养衣服之后,比丘们得到许多衣服,将其捆成包裹,或顶在头上,或扛于肩上,或系在腰间而来。世尊见状,便为衣服设定界限,允许将三衣作受用,但并非通过决意(adhiṭṭhāna)的方式。“Nahāyanti etthāti nahānaṃ”意为“人们在此沐浴,故称沐浴处”,即沐浴的渡口。显示巴利原文
459.Samitāvināti samitapāpena. Gotamake cetiyeti gotamayakkhassa cetiyaṭṭhāne katavihāro vuccati. Paribhuñjituṃ anuññātaṃ hotīti bhagavatā gahapaticīvare anuññāte bahūni cīvarāni labhitvā bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā sīsepi khandhepi kaṭiyāpi ṭhapetvā āgacchante bhikkhū disvā cīvare sīmaṃ bandhantena ticīvaraṃ paribhogatthāya anuññātaṃ, na pana adhiṭṭhānavasena. Nahāyanti etthāti nahānaṃ, nahānatitthaṃ.
460 据说,有一位婆罗门曾生起这样的思惟:“佛宝与僧宝的供养是众所周知的,但怎样才算是供养了法宝呢?”他便前往世尊那里,请问此事。世尊说:“婆罗门,如果你想供养法宝,就供养一位多闻者吧。”“尊者,请告知谁是‘多闻者’。”“去问比丘僧团。”婆罗门便到比丘们那里,说:“尊者们,请告诉我多闻者。”比丘们回答:“阿难长老便是。”婆罗门便用价值千金的衣服供养了长老。因此说“由获得而生起”。“生起”一词也有“已完成”的同义用法,为驳斥此含义,故说“并非由完成而生起”,因为那件衣服最初是由织布工作所完成的。显示巴利原文
460. Eko kira brāhmaṇo cintesi ‘‘buddharatanassa ca saṅgharatanassa ca pūjā paññāyati, kathaṃ nu kho dhammaratanaṃ pūjitaṃ nāma hotī’’ti. So bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchi. Bhagavā āha ‘‘sacepi brāhmaṇa dhammaratanaṃ pūjetukāmo, ekaṃ bahussutaṃ pūjehī’’ti. Bahussutaṃ bhante ācikkhathāti. Bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pucchāti. So bhikkhū upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘bahussutaṃ bhante ācikkhathā’’ti āha. Ānandatthero brāhmaṇāti. Brāhmaṇo theraṃ sahassagghanakena cīvarena pūjesi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘paṭilābhavasena uppanna’’nti. Uppanna-saddo nipphannapariyāyopi hotīti taṃ paṭikkhipanto āha ‘‘no nipphattivasenā’’ti. Paṭhamameva hi taṃ tantavāyakammena nipphannaṃ.
“在长老跟前令其接受依止,自己则作告白”——此处应知,舍利弗长老也是如此做的。如此,各人给出自己的钵与衣,令其出家并接受依止,便形成了五个五百人的比丘团体。“具寿阿难极度执取我”——阿难长老尚未断尽烦恼,如此执取也就罢了;舍利弗长老又怎会执取?那并非基于世俗情爱的执取,而是出于对功德的敬重与爱护,因此并无过失。“第九日或第十日”——这是以业格表位格含义,意即“在第九日或第十日”。“Sace bhaveyya”意为“如果有人这样想”。“Vuttasadisameva”——此处也有读作“vuttadivasameva”的版本。“Dhāretu”——此处应知省略了“āha”(他说)一词。显示巴利原文
Therassa santike upajjhaṃ gāhāpetvā sayaṃ anussāvanakammaṃ karotīti ettha sāriputtattheropi tatheva karotīti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Evaṃ ekamekena attano pattacīvaraṃ datvā pabbājetvā upajjhaṃ gaṇhāpitāni pañca pañca bhikkhusatāni ahesuṃ. Āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ ativiya mamāyatīti ānandatthero tāva mamāyatu akhīṇāsavabhāvato, sāriputtatthero kathanti? Na idaṃ mamāyanaṃ gehassitapemavasena, atha kho guṇasambhāvanāvasenāti nāyaṃ doso. Navamaṃ vā divasaṃ dasamaṃ vāti bhummatthe upayogavacanaṃ , navame vā dasame vā divaseti attho. Sace bhaveyyāti sace kassaci evaṃ siyā. Vuttasadisamevāti ettha ‘‘vuttadivasamevā’’tipi paṭhanti. Dhāretunti ettha ‘‘āhā’’ti pāṭhaseso daṭṭhabbo.
462-463 462-463.“Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ”——这是省略了位格语尾而作的说明,因此说“niṭṭhite cīvarasmiṃ”,意为“当衣作成时,衣的制作障碍已断除”。应解为:完成了诸如腰带、带扣、衣缘等一切应做之事。“Sūciyā paṭisāmanaṃ”——这是为了表明缝纫工作已妥善完成而说,此处以缝纫工作的完成作为标准。“Etesampi”——指已失坏等情形。显示巴利原文
462-463.Niṭṭhitacīvarasminti bhummavacanassa lopaṃ katvā niddesoti āha ‘‘niṭṭhite cīvarasmi’’nti, cīvarassa karaṇapalibodhe upacchinneti vuttaṃ hoti. Pāsapaṭṭagaṇṭhikapaṭṭapariyosānaṃ yaṃ kiñci kātabbaṃ, taṃ katvāti yojetabbaṃ. Sūciyā paṭisāmananti idaṃ sūcikammassa sammā pariniṭṭhitabhāvadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, sūcikammaniṭṭhānamevettha pamāṇaṃ. Etesampīti vinaṭṭhādiṃ parāmasati.
「Kathine ca ubbhatasmiṃ」——意为「当僧团的迦提那已敷展,而该迦提那又被取消时」。「显示了第二种障碍的不存在」——即显示了住处障碍的不存在。在此,通过「衣作成时」与「迦提那取消时」这两句,显示了两种障碍的不存在,从而阐明:对于已敷展迦提那者,在五个月内,只要衣障碍与住处障碍尚未断除,未决意、未分配的多余衣服即使超过十日也可以存放。因为已敷展迦提那者,在迦提那取消之前,可获得五种功德:不告而行、不持而行、随需衣、团体进食、以及该处所生之衣。「Pakkamanantikā」——意为「以离开为终了」。其余也应如此理解。详细内容将在其出处之处显明。显示巴利原文
Kathine ca ubbhatasminti yaṃ saṅghassa kathinaṃ atthataṃ, tasmiṃ kathine ca ubbhateti attho. Dutiyassa palibodhassa abhāvaṃ dassetīti āvāsapalibodhassa abhāvaṃ dasseti. Ettha ca ‘‘niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ ubbhatasmiṃ kathine’’ti imehi dvīhi padehi dvinnaṃ palibodhānaṃ abhāvadassanena atthatakathinassa pañcamāsabbhantare yāva cīvarapalibodho āvāsapalibodho ca na upacchijjati, tāva anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dasāhato parampi ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti dīpeti. Atthatakathinassa hi yāva kathinassa ubbhārā anāmantacāro asamādānacāro yāvadatthacīvaraṃ gaṇabhojanaṃ yo ca tattha cīvaruppādoti ime pañcānisaṃsā labbhanti. Pakkamanaṃ anto assāti pakkamanantikā. Evaṃ sesāpi veditabbā. Vitthāro panettha āgataṭṭhāneyeva āvi bhavissati.
“Khomaṃ”是指以亚麻线织成的亚麻衣,余者亦以此类推。“Sāṇaṃ”是指以麻纤维线制成的衣。“Bhaṅgaṃ”是指将亚麻线等全部或部分混合所制成的衣。也有人认为“bhaṅgaṃ”纯为麻纤维所制。至于“dukūlaṃ、paṭṭuṇṇaṃ、somārapaṭaṃ、cīnapaṭaṃ、iddhijaṃ、devadinnaṃ”这六种衣,因与上述诸衣相顺,故未别立。其中,“dukūlaṃ”与“sāṇaṃ”相顺,皆以麻纤维制成。“Paṭṭuṇṇaṃ”是产于Paṭṭuṇṇa地区的布,《阿毗达那词典》中说:“Paṭṭuṇṇa是丝绸的一种。”“Somārapaṭaṃ”与“cīnapaṭaṃ”则是产于Somāra地区与Cīna地区的布。此三种(Paṭṭuṇṇa等)与丝绸相顺,因为皆由生物所吐之丝制成。“Iddhijaṃ”是善来比丘凭藉福德神通所生的衣,它属于亚麻衣等中的某一种,故与它们相顺。“Devadinnaṃ”是天神所赐的衣,如同生于如意树、由天女Jālinī供养阿那律长老的布一样,它也属于亚麻衣等中的一种。显示巴利原文
Khomanti khomasuttehi vāyitaṃ khomapaṭacīvaraṃ, tathā sesāni. Sāṇanti sāṇavākasuttehi katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅganti khomasuttādīni sabbāni ekaccāni vā missetvā katacīvaraṃ. Bhaṅgampi vākamayamevāti keci. Dukūlaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ somārapaṭaṃ cīnapaṭaṃ iddhijaṃ devadinnanti imāni pana cha cīvarāni etesaṃyeva anulomānīti visuṃ na vuttāni. Dukūlañhi sāṇassa anulomaṃ vākamayattā. Paṭṭuṇṇadese sañjātavatthaṃ paṭṭuṇṇaṃ. ‘‘Paṭṭuṇṇakoseyyaviseso’’ti hi abhidhānakose vuttaṃ. Somāradese cīnadese ca jātavatthāni somāracīnapaṭāni. Paṭṭuṇṇādīni tīṇi koseyyassa anulomāni pāṇakehi katasuttamayattā. Iddhijaṃ ehibhikkhūnaṃ puññiddhiyā nibbattacīvaraṃ, taṃ khomādīnaṃ aññataraṃ hotīti tesaṃ eva anulomaṃ. Devatāhi dinnaṃ cīvaraṃ devadinnaṃ, taṃ kapparukkhe nibbattaṃ jāliniyā devakaññāya anuruddhattherassa dinnavatthasadisaṃ, tampi khomādīnaṃyeva anulomaṃ hoti tesu aññatarabhāvato.
针对中等身材男子的指距,而说“二指距”等。以此显示:长度为木工肘量,宽度为其一半,如此尺寸即堪作分配。恰如《造屋学处注释》中所说:“所谓善逝指距,即现今中等身材男子的三指距,以木工肘量则为一肘半。”因此,以善逝指节计为十二指节、以木工肘量则为一肘半之理得以成立;同样,以善逝指节计为八指节即等于木工肘量,此说亦与经教相符。显示巴利原文
Majjhimassa purisassa vidatthiṃ sandhāya ‘‘dve vidatthiyo’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Iminā dīghato vaḍḍhakīhatthappamāṇaṃ vitthārato tato upaḍḍhappamāṇaṃ vikappanupaganti dasseti. Tathā hi ‘‘sugatavidatthi nāma idāni majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo, vaḍḍhakīhatthena diyaḍḍho hattho hotī’’ti kuṭikārasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.348-349) vuttaṃ, tasmā sugataṅgulena dvādasaṅgulaṃ vaḍḍhakīhatthena diyaḍḍho hatthoti siddhaṃ. Evañca katvā sugataṅgulena aṭṭhaṅgulaṃ vaḍḍhakīhatthappamāṇanti idaṃ āgatamevāti.
“Taṃ atikkāmayato”中的“taṃ”,指衣或时间。“Tassa yo aruṇo”意为彼衣产生之日已过的黎明。“Cīvaruppādadivasena saddhiṃ”意为“连同衣产生之日已过的黎明”。因为“divasa”一词在此指属于该日的黎明。“Bandhitvā”指以绳索等捆绑,“Veṭhetvā”指以布等缠绕。显示巴利原文
Taṃ atikkāmayatoti ettha tanti cīvaraṃ kālaṃ vā parāmasati. Tassa yo aruṇoti tassa cīvaruppādadivasassa yo atikkanto aruṇo. Cīvaruppādadivasena saddhinti cīvaruppādadivasassa atikkantaaruṇena saddhinti attho. Divasasaddena hi taṃdivasanissito aruṇo vutto. Bandhitvāti rajjuādīhi bandhitvā. Veṭhetvāti vatthādīti veṭhetvā.
“应被说者”是就僧团而言而说。在“也可以以其他方式说”一句中,诸师说:“无论用何种语言,即使不依词句顺序,只要表达了含义,也是可以的。”“因此”是指由接受罪过者而言。当接受者问“你看见了吗?”时,说罪者显示了应说的话:“是的,我看见了。”接着,接受者说了应说的话:“你今后应当防护。”如此说完之后,说罪者又说了应说的话:“好的,我一定好好防护。”以此显示了自己在未来已确立防护的状态。在两种或多种罪过中,应知言语的差别仍依前述方式。在“于白中忆起罪过、显露罪过”一句中,其意旨是应说“两种罪过”或“多种罪过”。即使在施衣时,也是指在舍弃衣的施与中。依事而言,即依衣的数量。所谓“对众所说的圣典,在此即是圣典”,是因为在“我将这些施与诸位尊者”这一语句中,两种说法并无差别,故如此说。在说了“如此……可以这样说”之后,又说明了其中的原因:“从此更重”等。其中,“从此”是指从此舍弃衣的施与。由于白二甘马比白羯磨更重,所以说“从此更重”。在“我此衣”一句中,也有人读作“此衣”。显示巴利原文
Vacanīyoti saṅghaṃ apekkhitvā vuttaṃ. Aññathāpi vattabbanti ettha ‘‘yāya kāyaci bhāsāya padapaṭipāṭiyā avatvāpi atthamatte vutte vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Tenāti āpattiṃ paṭiggaṇhantena. Paṭiggāhakena ‘‘passasī’’ti vutte desakena vattabbavacanaṃ dasseti ‘‘āma passāmī’’ti. Puna paṭiggāhakena vattabbavacanamāha ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte puna desakena vattabbavacanaṃ ‘‘sādhu suṭṭhu saṃvarissāmī’’ti. Iminā attano āyatiṃ saṃvare patiṭṭhitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Dvīsu pana sambahulāsu vāti dvīsu sambahulāsu vā āpattīsu purimanayeneva vacanabhedo veditabbo. Ñattiyaṃ āpattiṃ sarati vivaratīti ettha dve āpattiyoti vā sambahulā āpattiyoti vā vattabbanti adhippāyo. Cīvaradānepīti nissaṭṭhacīvarassa dānepi. Vatthuvasenāti cīvaragaṇanāya. Gaṇassa vuttā pāḷiyevettha pāḷīti dvīsu imāhaṃ āyasmantānaṃ nissajjāmīti vacane visesābhāvato vuttaṃ. Evaṃ…pe… vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti vatvā tattha kāraṇamāha ‘‘itogarukatarānī’’tiādi. Tattha itoti ito nissaṭṭhacīvaradānato. Ñattikammato ñattidutiyakammaṃ garukataranti āha ‘‘ito garukatarānī’’ti. Imāhaṃ cīvaranti ettha ‘‘imaṃ cīvara’’ntipi paṭhanti.
468 468. “在此,想不保护”这是针对犹豫者和未越过想者而说。即使对于具有如此想者,也是……意思是:并非只是对已越过且具越过想者,而是犹豫者和未越过想者也包括在内。以“在此,想不保护”等所说之义,也适用于其余三法。这一理趣遍于一切处,即这一理趣也适用于未毁坏等情形,显示应如此结合:当其他衣被白蚁等咬坏时,生起“我的衣也被咬坏了”这样的想等。他说明了未丢失与未被强夺的差别:“以强行夺取的方式”。以偷盗方式取走者,称为丢失;以强行夺取方式取走者,称为被强夺。“无犯:得到他人所作之物而受用”,这是就坐垫而说。因为,若有人在旧坐垫边缘未留一搩手而制作了其他新的坐垫,那么他的那个坐垫是应舍弃的。因此,“无犯:得到他人所作之物而受用”这句话,成就了这样的意义:他人所应舍弃之物,另一人可以受用。这是就受用而说,意思是:对于未越过而具越过想者以及犹豫者,只有在受用时才有恶作,若未受用而放置者则无犯。显示巴利原文
468.Naidha saññā rakkhatīti idaṃ vematikaṃ anatikkantasaññañca sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yopi evaṃsaññī, tassapīti na kevalaṃ atikkante atikkantasaññissa, atha kho vematikassa anatikkantasaññissapīti attho. ‘‘Na idha saññā rakkhatī’’tiādinā vuttamatthaṃ sesattikepi atidisati. Esa nayo sabbatthāti esa nayo avinaṭṭhādīsupīti aññesaṃ cīvaresu upacikādīhi khāyitesu ‘‘mayhampi cīvaraṃ khāyita’’nti evaṃsaññī hotītiādinā yojetabbanti dasseti. Anaṭṭhato aviluttassa visesamāha ‘‘pasayhāvahāravasenā’’ti. Theyyāvahāravasena gahitañhi naṭṭhanti adhippetaṃ, pasayhāvahāravasena gahitaṃ viluttanti. Anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatīti idaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yaṃ yena hi purāṇasanthatassa sāmantā sugatavidatthiṃ anādiyitvā aññaṃ navaṃ nisīdanasanthataṃ kataṃ, tassa taṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Tasmā ‘‘anāpatti aññena kataṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’ti idaṃ parassa nissaggiyaṃ aparassa paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti imamatthaṃ sādheti. Paribhogaṃ sandhāya vuttanti anatikkante atikkantasaññissa vematikassa ca paribhuñjantasseva dukkaṭaṃ, na pana aparibhuñjitvā ṭhapentassāti adhippāyo.
469 469. “决意三衣”是指说出名称而决意。“不令别用”是指说出名称而不令别用。这一理趣遍于一切处。因此,在决意三衣等时,应说出名称而决意,如“我决意此僧伽梨”等。然而,在令别用时,不应执取各各衣的名称,而应说“我将此衣令别用于你”等。无论是三衣还是其他衣,如果执取各各名称而令别用,则成为未令别用,仍处于多余衣的状态。此后令别用,据三部复注都说:“在四个月之后,允许令别用后而受用。”然而,有些人也说:“此后令别用后,可以放置直到来年雨季的四个月为止。”三部复注中还说:“不应将‘此后允许令别用’理解为允许执取雨浴衣、痒疮覆衣等各各名称而令别用,因为此后已无雨浴衣等名称。因此,此后令别用时,也不应执取名称而令别用。由于对两者都允许此后令别用后而受用,所以应如此令别用后,以其他名称决意而受用。”显示巴利原文
469.Ticīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhātunti nāmaṃ vatvā adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Na vikappetunti nāmaṃ vatvā na vikappetuṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Tasmā ticīvarādīni adhiṭṭhahantena ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’tiādinā nāmaṃ vatvā adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Vikappentena pana ‘‘imaṃ saṅghāṭi’’ntiādinā tassa tassa cīvarassa nāmaṃ aggahetvāva ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ tuyhaṃ vikappemī’’ti vikappetabbaṃ. Ticīvaraṃ vā hotu aññaṃ vā, yadi taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā vikappeti, avikappitaṃ hoti, atirekacīvaraṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati. Tato paraṃ vikappetunti ‘‘catumāsato paraṃ vikappetvā paribhuñjituṃ anuññāta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘tato paraṃ vikappetvā yāva āgāmisaṃvacchare vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ, tāva ṭhapetuṃ anuññāta’’ntipi vadanti. ‘‘Tato paraṃ vikappetuṃ anujānāmīti ettāvatā vassikasāṭikaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiñca taṃ taṃ nāmaṃ gahetvā vikappetuṃ anuññātanti evamattho na gahetabbo tato paraṃ vassikasāṭikādināmasseva abhāvato. Tasmā tato paraṃ vikappentenapi nāmaṃ gahetvā na vikappetabbaṃ. Ubhinnampi tato paraṃ vikappetvā paribhogassa anuññātattā tathā vikappitaṃ aññanāmena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitabba’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ.
“我收回”意为:我放置,或我舍弃。于“我决意此僧伽帝”一句中,复注说:“亦可说‘我决意此衣为僧伽帝’”,这与“我决意此衣为资具布”的说法相符。所谓“做身表者”,是指用手触摸衣或摇动衣。“两种”是指面前与不在面前的差别,分为两类。关于“手距”,是就十二肘而说,因此在十二肘范围内,应说“此”而决意。有些人说,在此范围之外应说“彼”而决意。然而,复注对此未置一词。在经与注中,所有地方的“手距”均指一肘半,故此处特殊分别之理由,应当探究。所谓“邻近的寺院”,是指当天能去并返回的地方。他们说,“在邻近的寺院”仅是说法之始,因此即便在“注意所置之处”之后,远者亦可决意。而所谓“注意所置之处”,是就注意所置之处视为合宜而说,实则唯以注意衣为准量。显示巴利原文
Paccuddharāmīti ṭhapemi, pariccajāmīti vā attho. Imaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmīti ettha ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ saṅghāṭiṃ adhiṭṭhāmīti evampi vattuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ, tampi ‘‘imaṃ cīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhāmī’’ti iminā sameti. Kāyavikāraṃ karontenāti hatthena cīvaraṃ parāmasantena vā cālentena vā. Duvidhanti sammukhaparammukhabhedesu duvidhaṃ. Hatthapāseti idaṃ dvādasahatthaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, tasmā dvādasahatthabbhantare ṭhitaṃ ‘‘ima’’nti vatvā adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Tato paraṃ ‘‘eta’’nti vatvā adhiṭṭhātabbanti keci vadanti. Gaṇṭhipadesu panettha na kiñci vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca sabbattha ‘‘hatthapāso’’ti aḍḍhateyyahattho vuccati, tasmā idha visesavikappanāya kāraṇaṃ gavesitabbaṃ. Sāmantavihāro nāma yattha tadaheva gantvā nivattituṃ sakkā. ‘‘Sāmantavihāre’’ti idaṃ desanāsīsamattaṃ, tasmā ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvā dūre ṭhitampi adhiṭṭhātabbanti vadanti. Ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvāti ca idaṃ ṭhapitaṭṭhānasallakkhaṇaṃ anucchavikanti katvā vuttaṃ, cīvarasallakkhaṇamevettha pamāṇaṃ.
“以决意而放置的衣物”,是指以“资具布”之名决意而放置的衣物。由于在决意之前,尚无僧伽帝等名称的惯用,故开示了“我舍此”这样对资具布单独舍出的方法。然而,既是以资具布之名决意,即使说“我舍此资具布”也无过失,此理可解。“舍出之后应再决意”这句话,是针对想要以僧伽帝等衣名决意后使用的人而说的。对于以资具布之名决意后便使用的人来说,之前所行的决意即是其决意。“无决意之用”这句话,表示亦无“许给布片”之用。“至于三衣”等语,是针对符合“拳量五”等衣尺寸的[资具布]而说。“决意为资具布”,是指作为资具布来决意。由于在有结界界内,存在“不离衣结界”的认定,故即使三衣离身也无过失,在那里并无难以护持的情况,因此说“在无结界界则难以护持”。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehīti parikkhāracoḷanāmena adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitavatthehi. Adhiṭṭhānato pubbe saṅghāṭiādivohārassa abhāvato ‘‘imaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti parikkhāracoḷassa visuṃ paccuddhāravidhiṃ dasseti. Parikkhāracoḷanāmena pana adhiṭṭhitattā ‘‘imaṃ parikkhāracoḷaṃ paccuddharāmī’’ti vuttepi nevatthi dosoti viññāyati. Paccuddharitvā puna adhiṭṭhātabbānīti idañca saṅghāṭiādicīvaranāmena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitukāmaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Parikkhāracoḷanāmeneva adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjantassa pana pubbekataadhiṭṭhānameva adhiṭṭhānaṃ. Adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthīti iminā kappabindudānakiccampi natthīti dasseti. Muṭṭhipañcakāditicīvarappamāṇayuttaṃ sandhāya ‘‘ticīvaraṃ panā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātunti parikkhāracoḷaṃ katvā adhiṭṭhātuṃ. Baddhasīmāyaṃ avippavāsasīmāsammutisabbhāvato cīvaravippavāsepi nevatthi dosoti na tattha dupparihāratāti āha ‘‘abaddhasīmāyaṃ dupparihāra’’nti.
“未超过尺寸”,指长度不超过善逝拃的六拃、宽度不超过二拃半的意思。难道不是有人说:雨浴衣因雨季过后、覆疮衣因病愈而舍去决意吗?正因如此,在《本母注》(《疑惑度释·咖提那学处释》)中说:“雨浴衣因雨季月份过后,覆疮衣因病愈而舍去决意。”既然如此,为何说“此后应舍出然后作净”呢?若决意尚在,舍出合理吗?对此,首先在三处结节点中说:“‘舍出’一语并非针对舍出本身而说,而应将‘舍出’理解为从雨浴衣的状态中移除。因此,为了显示‘从冬季第一天起,十天内从雨浴衣的状态中移除,然后应作净’这一意思,才说‘此后应舍出然后作净’。”显示巴利原文
Anatirittappamāṇāti sugatavidatthiyā dīghaso cha vidatthiyo tiriyaṃ aḍḍhateyyavidatthiñca anatikkantappamāṇāti attho. Nanu ca vassikasāṭikā vassānātikkamena, kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi ābādhavūpasamena adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. kathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamenapi, kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi ābādhavūpasamenapi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ. Sati hi adhiṭṭhāne paccuddhāro yuttoti? Ettha tāva tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘paccuddharitvāti idaṃ paccuddharaṇaṃ sandhāya na vuttaṃ, paccuddharitvāti pana vassikasāṭikabhāvato apanetvāti evamattho gahetabbo. Tasmā hemantassa paṭhamadivasato paṭṭhāya antodasāhe vassikasāṭikabhāvato apanetvā vikappetabbāti imamatthaṃ dassetuṃ ‘tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’ti vutta’’nti.
有些人却说:“如同在咖提那月期间所得的衣,于咖提那月过后即成应舍;同样,此雨浴衣于雨安居月过后也成应舍,因此应在咖提那满月日将其舍出,再于冬季的第一天作净——当如此理解其义。应知‘舍出之后应作净’的文法关系。”此说并不合理。因为在咖提那月期间所得的衣,由于处于多余衣的状态,若于最后一日仍未作决意,在咖提那月过后便成应舍。然而,此雨浴衣因已作决意而存放,与彼不同,雨安居过后,何由成为应舍?只有未决意、未作净的衣,在各自时限过后方成应舍。因此,即使在冬季,雨浴衣也仍获得十日的护持。同样,覆疮衣亦因病愈而舍弃决意,此后获得十日的护持,但不应超过十日而应作净。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘yathā kathinamāsabbhantare uppannacīvaraṃ kathinamāsātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti, evamayaṃ vassikasāṭikāpi vassānamāsātikkame nissaggiyā hoti, tasmā kattikapuṇṇamadivase paccuddharitvā tato paraṃ hemantassa paṭhamadivase vikappetabbāti evamattho gahetabbo. Paccuddharitvā tato paraṃ vikappetabbāti padayojanā veditabbā’’ti ca vadanti, taṃ na yuttaṃ. Kathinamāse uppannañhi cīvaraṃ atirekacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā avasānadivase anadhiṭṭhitaṃ kathinamāsātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Ayaṃ pana vassikasāṭikā adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitattā na tena sadisāti vassānātikkame kathaṃ nissaggiyā hoti. Anadhiṭṭhitaavikappitameva hi taṃtaṃkālātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hoti, tasmā hemantepi vassikasāṭikā dasāhaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyeva. Evaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādipi ābādhavūpasamena adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, tasmā tato paraṃ dasāhaṃ parihāraṃ labhati, dasāhaṃ pana anatikkamitvā vikappetabbāti.
有些人又说:“由于在决意坏失的相中未曾提及,因此雨浴衣即使雨安居月过后,覆疮衣即使病愈,也不舍去决意,故说‘此后应舍出再作净’。”此说与《本母注》不符,但与《一切善见》相符。确实如此:“雨浴衣因雨安居月过后,覆疮衣因病愈而舍去决意”这一句,在《一切善见》中并无,而在《附随注》中,于“有罪于冬季发生,非于夏季”处,有如是说:“于咖提那满月后的第一日,穿着已作净而存放的雨浴衣,于冬季有罪。而《古伦地注》说‘若于咖提那满月日未舍出,则于冬季有罪’,此亦善说。因为经中说‘可决意四月,此后应作净’。”显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘adhiṭṭhānabhedalakkhaṇe avuttattā vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamepi, kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi ābādhe vūpasantepi adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati, tasmā ‘tato paraṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetabbā’ti idaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ mātikāṭṭhakathāya na sameti, samantapāsādikāya pana sameti. Tathā hi ‘‘vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamenapi, kaṇḍuppaṭicchādi ābādhavūpasamenapi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatī’’ti idaṃ samantapāsādikāyaṃ natthi, parivāraṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘atthāpatti hemante āpajjati, no gimhe’’ti ettha idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘kattikapuṇṇamāsiyā pacchime pāṭipadadivase vikappetvā ṭhapitaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsento hemante āpajjati. Kurundiyaṃ pana ‘kattikapuṇṇamadivase apaccuddharitvā hemante āpajjatī’ti vuttaṃ, tampi suvuttaṃ. Cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetunti hi vutta’’nti (pari. aṭṭha. 323).
其中,《大注》说因穿着而犯恶作,《古伦地注》则说因未舍出而犯。因此,依《古伦地注》所说之理,可知雨浴衣即便在雨安居月过后,也不舍去决意。因为《古伦地注》说:“雨季可决意四月,此后应作净。”若未于咖提那满月日舍出,未舍决意的雨浴衣转入冬季时,由于在应作净的范围内仍有决意,便会招感恶作。由此,“若于咖提那满月日未舍出,则于冬季有罪”一语,正是基于此意而说。故应于咖提那满月日舍出,随后于冬季作净。因此,当审察此义而采纳更为合理的说法。显示巴利原文
Tattha mahāaṭṭhakathāyaṃ nivāsanapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, kurundaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana apaccuddhārapaccayā. Tasmā kurundiyaṃ vuttanayeneva vassikasāṭikā vassānamāsātikkamepi adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatīti paññāyati. Kurundiyañhi ‘‘vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātuṃ, tato paraṃ vikappetu’’nti vacanato yadi kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ na paccuddhareyya, avijahitādhiṭṭhānā vassikasāṭikā hemantaṃ sampattā vikappanakkhette adhiṭṭhānasabbhāvato dukkaṭaṃ janeti, tasmā kattikapuṇṇamāyaṃ eva paccuddharitvā hemante vikappetabbāti iminā adhippāyena ‘‘kattikapuṇṇamadivase apaccuddharitvā hemante āpajjatī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā vīmaṃsitvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ.
由于允许用于沐浴,因此说:“即使仅因颜色有别而染制的此衣,也是可行的。”而说“两件则不可”,是因为两件无决意之依据。他们说:“若于雨安居期间出现另一件雨安居衣,应将先前的雨安居衣舍出、作净,然后再决意。”所谓“符合尺寸”,即长度两善逝拃、宽度一拃半、缘边一拃,合其尺寸。所谓“有尺寸”,即长度四善逝拃、横向两拃,合于所说尺寸。关于“应舍出后作净”,此处应说的内容前已述及。他们说:“一次决意即成已决意,不复舍出,以无时间之分限故。”另有人则说:“为显虽仅一语亦得成就,故说‘一次决意即成已决意’。”此二说于此处引用此句皆无新义,故《本母注释》于此并未说“一次决意即成已决意”。显示巴利原文
Nahānatthāya anuññātattā ‘‘vaṇṇabhedamattarattāpi cesā vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Dve pana na vaṭṭantīti dvinnaṃ adhiṭṭhānābhāvato vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sace vassāne aparā vassikasāṭikā uppannā hoti, purimavassikasāṭikaṃ paccuddharitvā vikappetvā ca adhiṭṭhātabbā’’ti vadanti. Pamāṇayuttanti dīghaso sugatavidatthiyā dve vidatthiyo, vitthārato diyaḍḍhā, dasā vidatthīti iminā pamāṇena yuttaṃ. Pamāṇikāti sugatavidatthiyā dīghaso catasso vidatthiyo, tiriyaṃ dve vidatthiyoti evaṃ vuttappamāṇayuttā. Paccuddharitvā vikappetabbāti ettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. ‘‘Sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hoti, puna na paccuddharīyati kālaparicchedābhāvato’’ti vadanti. Apare pana ‘‘ekavacanenapi vaṭṭatīti dassanatthaṃ ‘sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitamevā’ti vutta’’nti vadanti. Ubhayatthāpi assa vacanassa idha vacane apubbaṃ payojanaṃ na dissati, teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ imasmiṃ ṭhāne ‘‘sakiṃ adhiṭṭhitaṃ adhiṭṭhitameva hotī’’ti idaṃ padaṃ na vuttaṃ.
他们说:“在《大护持》中,针对从自己所有性中舍出而放置的情况,说为无犯。”其意旨是:以“我将以此换取药物”、“我将把这个给母亲”这样的心念而放置时,应当决意;而若以“这是用于药物的,这是给母亲的”这样分配后,从自己所有性中舍出,则没有决意的必要。关于“为坐卧具资具而施的敷布”,他们说:“不穿着、不披覆,仅仅铺在床上、椅子上而使用的敷布,即使是属于自己的,也可以不决意。”然而,下文以无简别的方式说“敷布也应当决意”,因此我们倾向于认为属于自己的必须决意,应审察后采纳。显示巴利原文
‘‘Attano santakabhāvato mocetvā ṭhapitaṃ sandhāya mahāpaccariyaṃ anāpatti vuttā’’ti vadanti. Iminā bhesajjaṃ cetāpessāmi, idaṃ mātuyā dassāmīti ṭhapentena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ, idaṃ bhesajjassa, idaṃ mātuyāti vissajjetvā sakasantakabhāvato mocite adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthīti adhippāyo. Senāsanaparikkhāratthāya dinnapaccattharaṇeti ettha ‘‘anivāsetvā apārupitvā ca kevalaṃ mañcapīṭhesuyeva attharitvā paribhuñjiyamānaṃ paccattharaṇaṃ attano santakampi anadhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Heṭṭhā pana ‘‘paccattharaṇampi adhiṭṭhātabbamevā’’ti avisesena vuttattā attano santakaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbamevāti amhākaṃ khanti, vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
“因还俗”是指未舍戒而成为在家者,这在三本《结文》中都有说,这是合理的,因为如同施与他人时一样,是由于对衣没有执著而舍出的缘故。然而有些人将“因还俗”理解为“比丘尼成为在家者”,并说:“比丘即使还俗,只要未舍戒,就仍是比丘,因此不舍决意。”这种说法不可取,因为并没有特别说明“比丘尼因还俗”。比丘尼成为在家者时,并不需要单独说舍决意,因为她通过还俗本身就已经不是沙门尼了。而“因舍戒”这一句,是为了显示:如果比丘在保持比丘相的情况下舍戒,那么即使贴身之衣也会舍去决意。所谓“依小指甲大小”,是显示下界限。所谓“标准衣”,是就最后的标准而言。所谓“穿着两件衣者”,是指为了进入村落,按照《善遮覆学处》中所说的方法,将僧伽帝和郁多罗僧合在一起穿着者。所谓“在缝合处”,是指在两端的缝合处。所谓“此理”,是显示这样的意思:在符合尺寸的衣中,任何地方有破洞都会舍去决意;而在大件衣中,超过那个尺寸的破洞则不舍去决意。所谓“所有”,是指三衣等分类中的所有衣。显示巴利原文
‘‘Hīnāyāvattanenāti sikkhaṃ appaccakkhāya gihibhāvūpagamanenā’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ, taṃ yuttaṃ aññassa dāne viya cīvare nirālayabhāveneva pariccattattā. Keci pana ‘‘hīnāyāvattanenāti bhikkhuniyā gihibhāvūpagamanenā’’ti evamatthaṃ gahetvā ‘‘bhikkhu pana vibbhamantopi yāva sikkhaṃ na paccakkhāti, tāva bhikkhuyevāti adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ ‘‘bhikkhuniyā hīnāyāvattanenā’’ti visesetvā avuttattā. Bhikkhuniyā hi gihibhāvūpagamane adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ visuṃ vattabbaṃ natthi tassā vibbhamaneneva assamaṇībhāvato. Sikkhāpaccakkhānenāti pana idaṃ sace bhikkhuliṅge ṭhitova sikkhaṃ paccakkhāti , tassa kāyalaggampi cīvaraṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Kaniṭṭhaṅgulinakhavasenāti heṭṭhimaparicchedaṃ dasseti. Pamāṇacīvarassāti pacchimappamāṇaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Dve cīvarāni pārupantassāti antaragharappavesanatthāya suppaṭicchannasikkhāpade vuttanayena saṅghāṭiṃ uttarāsaṅgañca ekato katvā pārupantassa. Saṅgharitaṭṭhāneti dvīsupi antesu saṅgharitaṭṭhāne. Esa nayoti iminā pamāṇayuttesu yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahati, mahantesu pana tato parena chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatīti ayamattho dassito. Sabbesūti ticīvarādibhedesu sabbacīvaresu.
“并无其他最后标准”一语,意指经中未曾提及。今为阐明此义,故说“因为那……”等语。因有“若令其超过,则为应切断的波逸提”之言,故说“因超过彼为所禁”。“这不合理”是说:若将资具布可作净的最后标准视作最后标准,而对其余三衣等依拳五指等不同分类所立的最后标准说“此理”等,则不合理,因为经中没有那样的最后标准。所谓“与《暗夜注释》所说相违”,应知由此否定,即同时否定了“于可作净的最后标准范围内,任何一处有破洞皆舍决意”之说。因为除三衣之外,其余衣并不因破洞而舍决意,是故,在已决意而放置的其余衣中,纵使将其裁切至不足可作净最后标准的碎片,亦不舍决意。然而,若于决意前已是如此,则因已非衣,无须决意。“小衣”是指不亚于拳五指等分类尺寸的小衣。“或将大衣做成小衣”的意旨是:在三衣四边中,若于破洞不舍决意的区域,从周围裁切而作成小衣,则不舍决意。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ nāma natthīti sutte āgataṃ natthīti adhippāyo. Idāni tameva vibhāvetuṃ ‘‘yañhī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. ‘‘Taṃ atikkamayato chedanakaṃ pācittiya’’nti vuttattā āha ‘‘tato uttari paṭisiddhattā’’ti. Taṃ na sametīti parikkhāracoḷassa vikappanupagapacchimaṃ pacchimappamāṇanti gahetvā itaresaṃ ticīvarādīnaṃ muṭṭhipañcakādibhedaṃ pacchimappamāṇaṃ sandhāya ‘‘esa nayo’’tiādivacanaṃ na sameti tādisassa pacchimappamāṇassa sutte abhāvatoti adhippāyo. Andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttavacanaṃ na sametīti imināva paṭikkhepena vikappanupagapacchimassa anto yattha katthaci chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti ayampi nayo paṭikkhittoyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Ticīvarañhi ṭhapetvā sesacīvaresu chiddena adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ nāma natthi, tasmā adhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapitesu sesacīvaresu vikappanupagapacchimaṃ appahontaṃ katvā khaṇḍākhaṇḍikaṃ chinnesupi adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ natthi. Sace pana adhiṭṭhānato pubbeyeva tādisaṃ hoti, acīvarattā adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Khuddakaṃ cīvaranti muṭṭhipañcakādibhedappamāṇato anūnameva khuddakacīvaraṃ. Mahantaṃ vā khuddakaṃ karotīti ettha tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ catūsu passesu yasmiṃ padese chiddaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahati, tasmiṃ padese samantato chinditvā khuddakaṃ karontassa adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatīti adhippāyo.
当面作净与背面作净:此处即谓当面而作净与背面而作净。相近与相远,即近与远的状态,此近远状态应依决意中所说之法来了知。受用等亦适用:此处因决意亦摄在其中,若有人以僧伽帝等名称决意后欲受用,则应作决意;若否,则不必作决意,仅作净即为准量,故不成多余之衣。友,指牢固的朋友;面识者,指见过面的朋友,非牢固的朋友。“所作净之作净,此为可行”:其意为,犹如已决意之决意一般,此为无差别宣说之语。盖未说“决意三衣等,作净雨浴衣、敷疮布等”,而是无差别地说“作净一切衣”。以三衣简略而言:即以三衣之方式,依僧伽帝等决意而说。显示巴利原文
Sammukhāvikappanā parammukhāvikappanāti ettha sammukhena vikappanā parammukhena vikappanāti evamattho gahetabbo. Sannihitāsannihitabhāvanti āsannadūrabhāvaṃ. Āsannadūrabhāvo ca adhiṭṭhāne vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Paribhogādayopi vaṭṭantīti ettha adhiṭṭhānassapi antogadhattā sace saṅghāṭiādināmena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjitukāmo hoti, adhiṭṭhānaṃ kātabbaṃ. No ce, na kātabbaṃ, vikappanameva pamāṇaṃ, tasmā atirekacīvaraṃ nāma na hoti. Mittoti daḷhamitto. Sandiṭṭhoti diṭṭhamitto nātidaḷhamitto. Vikappitavikappanā nāmesā vaṭṭatīti adhiṭṭhitaadhiṭṭhānaṃ viyāti adhippāyo avisesena vuttavacananti ticīvarādiṃ adhiṭṭheti, vassikasāṭikaṃ kaṇḍuppaṭicchādiñca vikappetīti avatvā sabbacīvarānaṃ avisesena vikappetīti vuttavacanaṃ. Ticīvarasaṅkhepenāti ticīvaranīhārena, saṅghāṭiādiadhiṭṭhānavasenāti vuttaṃ hoti.
于“我给你”等语中,他们言:“当时纵不欲取,若不拒绝,后时欲取,则可取用。”“某甲”系指向背面而立者而说。当言“你拿取”时,答言“我拿取”,是善施与、善执取。此处他们言:“犹如别处,当言‘你作归你所有’时,虽施与不善,然以‘善哉,尊者,我拿取’一语而成善执取;如是,此处当言‘你拿取’时,因是善施与,纵未说‘我拿取’,亦是善施与。”他们又说:“因‘拿取’之命令与拿取行相关联而生起,若当时未生起‘我拿取’之心,后则不得取。”显示巴利原文
Tuyhaṃ demītiādīsu ‘‘tasmiṃ kāle na gaṇhitukāmopi sace na paṭikkhipati, puna gaṇhitukāmatāya sati gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Itthannāmassāti parammukhe ṭhitaṃ sandhāya vadati. ‘‘Tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti vutte ‘‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’’ti vadati, sudinnaṃ suggahitañcāti ettha ‘‘yathā parato ‘tava santakaṃ karohī’ti vutte duddinnampi ‘sādhu, bhante, mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’ti vacanena ‘suggahitaṃ hotī’ti vuttaṃ, evamidhāpi ‘tuyhaṃ gaṇhāhī’ti vutte sudinnattā ‘mayhaṃ gaṇhāmī’ti avuttepi ‘sudinnamevā’’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Gaṇhāhīti ca āṇattiyā gahaṇassa tappaṭibaddhatākaraṇavasena pavattattā tadā gaṇhāmīti citte anuppādite pacchā gahetuṃ na labhatī’’ti vadanti.
“那不合理”:这是就依律作持而给与时所说。然而,若有人确依信任而取,事后因某种因缘,所施与物对彼成为不可用者——此过无有。关于舍堕衣,无论知或不知而取,为遮止故说“勿取”。因应依身语而作的决意与作净未作,故说“从身语生起”。衣的归属、符合种类与尺寸、已断障碍、成为长衣、超过十日——于此是五支。显示巴利原文
Taṃ na yujjatīti vinayakammassa karaṇavasena gahetvā dinnattā vuttaṃ. Sace pana paro saccatoyeva vissāsaṃ gaṇhāti, puna kenaci kāraṇena tena dinnaṃ tassa na vaṭṭatīti natthi. Nissaggiyaṃ pana cīvaraṃ jānitvā vā ajānitvā vā gaṇhantaṃ ‘‘mā gaṇhāhī’’ti nivāraṇatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Kāyavācāhi kattabbaadhiṭṭhānavikappanānaṃ akatattā hotīti āha ‘‘kāyavācāto samuṭṭhātī’’ti. Cīvarassa attano santakatā, jātippamāṇayuttatā, chinnapalibodhabhāvo, atirekacīvaratā, dasāhātikkamoti imānettha pañca aṅgāni.
2. 住处学处解释显示巴利原文
2. Udositasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
471-473 471-473. 第二:阿难长老如何获得机会,又作何等方便而游走?故说“据说长老……”等。“不别离”:是表目的的依处格,意为“为不别离”,即为了无有因别离而生起的罪过。显示巴利原文
471-473. Dutiye athānandatthero kathaṃ okāsaṃ paṭilabhati, kiṃ karonto ca āhiṇḍatīti āha ‘‘thero kirā’’tiādi. Avippavāseti nimittatthe bhummaṃ, avippavāsatthanti attho, vippavāsapaccayā yā āpatti, tadabhāvatthanti vuttaṃ hoti.
475-476 475-476. “如是已断障碍”:即以衣之完成与咖提那出离而断诸障碍。“于已决意者”:即依三衣决意之法而作决意者。“与三衣别离而住”:如同“树被砍断,布被烧毁”等语,虽就部分而言,亦得总称其全体,故如是说。显示巴利原文
475-476.Evaṃ chinnapalibodhoti evaṃ imehi cīvaraniṭṭhānakathinubbhārehi chinnapalibodho. Adhiṭṭhitesūti ticīvarādhiṭṭhānanayena adhiṭṭhitesu. Ticīvarena vippavuttho hotīti ‘‘rukkho chinno, paṭo daḍḍho’’tiādīsu viya avayavepi samudāyavohāro labbhatīti vuttaṃ.
477-478 477-478. ‘有沟堑者’即‘被围绕者’:以此显示,即使完全被河流、池塘等水所环绕,也是被围绕者。所谓‘至此’,即是指此‘被围绕’之辞。‘于空中令黎明生起’:即超越屋上方空中二肘半的高度而令黎明生起。屋即住处、临时屋等之体相,并非另有别屋,故说‘此处……’等。显示巴利原文
477-478.Parikhāyavā parikkhittoti iminā ca samantā nadītaḷākādiudakena parikkhittopi parikkhittoyevāti dasseti. Ettāvatāti ‘‘parikkhitto’’ti iminā vacanena. Ākāse aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetīti gharassa upari ākāse aḍḍhateyyaratanappamāṇaṃ atikkamitvā aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeti. Gharaṃ nivesanudositādilakkhaṇameva, na pana pāṭiyekkaṃ gharaṃ nāma atthīti āha ‘‘ettha cā’’tiādi.
479 479. 依圣典所示的语法,不云‘于会堂’,而说‘会堂’(主格),乃是为了表明sabhāya一词是中性。因为sabhāya一词作为sabhā的同义词,于此用作中性,为阐明此义而说‘以性别显示而说会堂’。‘无有应住于衣手距之内’:指没有必须住在衣手距之内的规定。‘彼之……不应舍离’:于此,通过取其街道对面处及会堂的诸门,彼处所有诸屋及屋内的通道皆已被包含。‘移置他屋’:即舍弃彼街道,而移置他处之屋。‘前或后之手距’:是就屋的手距而言。显示巴利原文
479. Pāḷiyaṃ vuttanayena ‘‘sabhāye’’ti avatvā ‘‘sabhāya’’nti paccattavacanaṃ sabhāya-saddassa napuṃsakaliṅgatāvibhāvanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Sabhā-saddapariyāyopi hi sabhāya-saddo napuṃsakaliṅgayutto idha vuttoti imamatthaṃ dassento ‘‘liṅgabyattayena sabhā vuttā’’ti āha. Cīvarahatthapāse vasitabbaṃ natthīti cīvarahatthapāseyeva vasitabbanti natthi. Yaṃ tassā…pe… na vijahitabbanti ettha tassā vīthiyā sammukhaṭṭhāne sabhāyadvārānaṃ gahaṇeneva tattha sabbānipi gehāni sā ca antaravīthi gahitāyeva hoti. Atiharitvā ghare nikkhipatīti taṃ vīthiṃ muñcitvā ṭhite aññasmiṃ ghare nikkhipati. Purato vā pacchato vā hatthapāseti gharassa hatthapāsaṃ sandhāya vadati.
为显示:于住处等,因被围绕而为一入口,因未被围绕而为多入口,应如是知,故说‘以此方便’等。应知住处等是位于村外而建立者。因位于村内者,由取村而已被取,故仅为村之范围。‘于一切处’:即于村等乃至露地边际之十五处。‘以围绕等’:此处‘等’字应知唯取无围绕,而非取一家庭等。显示巴利原文
Nivesanādīsu parikkhittatāya ekūpacāratā, aparikkhittatāya nānūpacāratā ca veditabbāti dassento ‘‘etenevupāyenā’’tiādimāha. Nivesanādīni gāmato bahi sanniviṭṭhāni gahitānīti veditabbaṃ. Antogāme ṭhitānañhi gāmaggahaṇena gahitattā gāmaparihāroyevāti. Sabbatthāpīti gāmādīsu ajjhokāsapariyantesu pannarasasu. Parikkhepādivasenāti ettha ādi-saddena aparikkhepasseva gahaṇaṃ veditabbaṃ, na ekakulādīnampi.
480-487 所谓“奥瓦拉科”,他们说即是内室中的另一内室。“秃顶盖宫殿”,即带有月形庭院的宫殿。显示巴利原文
480-487.Ovarako nāma gabbhassa abbhantare añño gabbhotipi vadanti. Muṇḍacchadanapāsādoti candikaṅgaṇayutto pāsādo.
489 “商队”指徒步商队或车乘商队。“穿透之后”即贯穿之后。为了阐明前述之义,而说“立于内部进入之处……”。其中,“进入内部”指进入村落或河流的内部。关于“河流的周边范围也可获得”,在此,三部《甘提帕达》中说:“由于未单独说明河流的周边范围,如同在村落等以外的地方,河流的周边范围就是衣手距范围。”“精舍界”是就共住界而言。“应前往精舍而住”即应在界内任何地方居住。“就在商队附近”是依前述的内部界限而说。圣典中有言:“有不同家族的商队,将衣存放于商队中后,不应离开手距范围”,在此,应知“手距”指商队的手距范围。显示巴利原文
489.Satthoti jaṅghasattho sakaṭasattho vā. Pariyādiyitvāti vinivijjhitvā. Vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘antopaviṭṭhena…pe… ṭhito hotī’’ti. Tattha antopaviṭṭhenāti gāmassa nadiyā vā antopaviṭṭhena. Nadīparihāro ca labbhatīti ettha ‘‘visuṃ nadīparihārassa avuttattā gāmādīhi aññattha viya cīvarahatthapāsoyeva nadīparihāro’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Vihārasīmanti avippavāsasīmaṃ sandhāyāha. Vihāraṃ gantvā vasitabbanti antosīmāya yattha katthaci vasitabbaṃ. Satthasamīpeyevāti idaṃ yathāvuttaabbhantaraparicchedavasena vuttaṃ. Pāḷiyaṃ nānākulassasattho hoti, satthe cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā hatthapāsā na vijahitabbanti ettha hatthapāso nāma satthassa hatthapāsoti veditabbaṃ.
490 “单一家的田地”是就无围栏的田地而说。如所说:“在众多家的有围栏的田地中,存放衣后,应住在田门边或其手距范围内”,因此,即使住在门边以外的田地内部,也必须将衣置于手距范围内而住。显示巴利原文
490.Ekakulassa khetteti aparikkhittaṃ sandhāya vadati. Yasmā ‘‘nānākulassa parikkhitte khette cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā khettadvāramūle vā tassa hatthapāse vā vatthabba’’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā dvāramūlato aññattha antokhettepi vasantena cīvaraṃ hatthapāse katvāyeva vasitabbaṃ.
491-494 他们说:“精舍,不论有围栏或无围栏,整个住处都算。”而“在哪个精舍中”此处,仅指一座房屋。此处属于单一家庭或众多家庭,应依建造者来了知。“在阴影所触之处的内部”,是指太阳轮正午时分直行于大路时,阴影所覆盖的那个空间。“不可往返的道路”,是指当天去了便无法再返回的那种道路。显示巴利原文
491-494.‘‘Vihāro nāma saparikkhitto vā aparikkhitto vā sakalo āvāso’’ti vadanti. Yasmiṃ vihāreti ettha pana ekaṃ gehameva vuttaṃ. Ekakulanānākulasantakatā cettha kārāpakānaṃ vasena veditabbā. Chāyāya phuṭṭhokāsassa anto evāti yadā mahāvīthiyaṃ ujukameva gacchantaṃ sūriyamaṇḍalaṃ majjhanhikaṃ pāpuṇāti, tadā yaṃ okāsaṃ chāyā pharati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Agamanapatheti yaṃ tadaheva gantvā puna āgantuṃ sakkā na hoti, tādisaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
495 “进入河流”:指放开一手距的范围而进入。“不犯”:不因受用因缘而犯恶作。因此说:“因为他……”等。“由于不适合受用”:以此成立,若不舍弃应舍衣而受用,其恶作是无心的。将一件披上,另一件放在肩头而行,这是考虑到在众人往来之处,若不这样而行便不合宜,故有此说。“放置在村外……应作羯磨”:由此可知,如同作决定时,即使是背对着放置的应舍衣,也可以舍弃,并能给予已舍衣。显示巴利原文
495.Nadiṃ otaratīti hatthapāsaṃ muñcitvā otarati. Na āpajjatīti paribhogapaccayā dukkaṭaṃ nāpajjati. Tenāha ‘‘so hī’’tiādi. Aparibhogārahattāti imināva nissaggiyacīvaraṃ anissajjetvā paribhuñjantassa dukkaṭaṃ acittakanti siddhaṃ. Ekaṃ pārupitvā ekaṃ aṃsakūṭe ṭhapetvā gantabbanti idaṃ bahūnaṃ sañcāraṭṭhāne evaṃ akatvā gamanaṃ na sāruppanti katvā vuttaṃ. Bahigāme ṭhapetvā…pe… vinayakammaṃ kātabbanti vuttattā adhiṭṭhāne viya parammukhā ṭhitampi nissaggiyaṃ cīvaraṃ nissajjituṃ nissaṭṭhacīvarañca dātuṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ.
因行进中有精勤努力,故说“但依止不寂止”。“躺卧片刻……依止便寂止”,此处他们说:“即使精勤努力未舍离,由于行进已中断,那些起来后精勤努力而行的人,若在途中破晓,依止也还是寂止的。”后文“站立片刻”处,道理相同。“彼此未领会话语而离去”:在此,若这样行走时,他们想“破晓前我们会见到彼此”,却无精勤努力而离去,则在破晓时不应说依止寂止,因为更早时已经寂止。若他们是“破晓前我们会见到”而精勤努力而行,也不应说依止寂止。若如此,为何说“与破晓同时,依止寂止”?回答是:因有精勤努力,故不说更早的寂止;而且即使有精勤努力,由于一同行进已中断,如同“站立片刻”处,只说与破晓同时的寂止。显示巴利原文
Gamane saussāhattā ‘‘nissayo pana na paṭippassambhatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Muhuttaṃ sayitvā…pe… nissayo ca paṭippassambhatīti ettha ‘‘ussāhe apariccattepi gamanassa upacchinnattā puna uṭṭhāya saussāhaṃ gacchantānampi antarā aruṇe uṭṭhite nissayo paṭippassambhatiyevā’’ti vadanti. Parato muhuttaṃ ṭhatvāti etthāpi eseva nayo. Aññamaññassa vacanaṃ aggahetvā gatāti ettha sace evaṃ gacchantā ‘‘purāruṇā aññamaññaṃ passissāmā’’ti ussāhaṃ vināva gatā honti, aruṇuggamane nissayapaṭippassaddhi na vattabbā paṭhamataraṃyeva paṭippassambhanato. Atha ‘‘purāruṇā passissāmā’’ti saussāhāva gacchanti, nissayapaṭippassaddhiyeva na vattabbā. Evañca sati ‘‘saha aruṇuggamanā nissayo paṭippassambhatī’’ti kasmā vuttaṃ? Vuccate – saussahattā paṭhamataraṃ paṭippassaddhi na vuttā. Satipi ca ussāhabhāve ekato gamanassa upacchinnattā ‘‘muhuttaṃ ṭhatvā’’ti ettha viya saha aruṇuggamanā paṭippassaddhiyeva vuttā.
“界内的村庄”,是指后来于不别住界认定之后建立的村庄,因为将村庄包含在内而作不别住界认定是不可能的。“衣不会成为应舍”,是因为没有不别住界;“依止未止息”,是因为有精勤努力。“而他们的破晓在半路上出现”,是指听闻佛法后返回的人,黎明在半路上到来。“以失念而行”,即由于失念,既未收回自己的衣,也未让长老收回衣而行去。如此行去后,显示后来长老忆起时应遵行的方法:“收回自己的衣后,以亲厚想取年轻比丘的衣而放置。”“去后应说”,是显示完成前来之事后,回到精舍的人应遵行的方法。未决意衣、未废除咖提那、未得许可、夜间别住,这是此处的四个条件。显示巴利原文
Antosīmāyaṃ gāmanti avippavāsasīmāsammutiyā pacchā patiṭṭhāpitagāmaṃ sandhāya vadati gāmaṃ anto katvā avippavāsasīmāsammutiyā abhāvato. Neva cīvarāni nissaggiyāni hontīti avippavāsasīmābhāvato vuttaṃ, na nissayo paṭippassambhatīti saussāhabhāvato. Antarāmaggeyeva ca nesaṃ aruṇaṃ uggacchatīti dhammaṃ sutvā āgacchantānaṃ aruṇaṃ uggacchati. Assatiyā gacchatīti assatiyā attano cīvaraṃ apaccuddharitvā therassa cīvaraṃ apaccuddharāpetvā gacchati. Evaṃ gate tasmiṃ pacchā therena saritvā paṭipajjitabbavidhiṃ dasseti ‘‘attano cīvaraṃ paccuddharitvā daharassa cīvaraṃ vissāsena gahetvā ṭhapetabba’’nti. Gantvā vattabboti āgatakiccaṃ niṭṭhapetvā vihāraṃ gatena paṭipajjitabbavidhiṃ dasseti. Anadhiṭṭhitacīvaratā, anatthatakathinatā, aladdhasammutitā, rattivippavāsoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
3. 第三咖提那学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Tatiyakathinasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
497-499 在第三学处中,对于圣典里“cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitunti”一句,此处应取意为:因有衣的期望而存放。“Bhaṇḍikābaddhāni bhaṇḍikabaddhānītipi paṭhanti”,意为:也有读作“捆成包的、已捆成包的”,即作成包而捆扎。在“比丘衣已作成时”这一句中,如同前一学处,应知工具格是依所有者之义。显示巴利原文
497-499. Tatiye pāḷiyaṃ cīvarapaccāsā nikkhipitunti ettha cīvarapaccāsāya satiyā nikkhipitunti evamattho gahetabbo. Bhaṇḍikābaddhāni bhaṇḍikabaddhānītipi paṭhanti, bhaṇḍikaṃ katvā baddhānīti attho. Niṭṭhitacīvarasmiṃ bhikkhunāti ettha purimasikkhāpade viya sāmivaseneva karaṇavacanassa attho veditabbo.
500 在未展开咖提那的衣月期间,比丘所得的新衣,若未决意、未分配,可在该月内寄存,因此说“除最后一个迦提月外”。然而有些人却说:“即使在适时,若指定而施与,依‘此为非时衣’之说,在未展开咖提那的最后迦提月(即衣月)中所生起的衣,若无衣的期许,也只有十日的保留期,此后便不得再寄存。”这一说法与注释书不符。因为在急施衣学处的注释中(律藏注释2.646-649等)说:“于自恣月白分第五日起所得的急施衣,若未展开咖提那,可有十一天以上的一个月保留期;若已展开咖提那,则有十一天以上的五个月保留期。”并且针对此保留期又说:“而从第六日起所得的非急施衣,以及收回后寄存的衣,也获得此保留期。”因此,在衣月期间,即使超过十日,未决意、未分配的衣亦可以寄存。显示巴利原文
500. Anatthate kathine cīvaramāse bhikkhuno uppannacīvaraṃ anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitaṃ tasmiṃ māse ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘ekaṃ pacchimakattikamāsaṃ ṭhapetvā’’ti. Keci pana ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvaranti vacanato anatthate kathine pacchimakattikamāsasaṅkhāte cīvaramāse uppannacīvarassapi paccāsācīvare asati dasāhaparihāroyeva, tato paraṃ ṭhapetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ aṭṭhakathāya na sameti. Tathā hi accekacīvarasikkhāpadaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.646-649 ādayo) ‘‘pavāraṇamāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamiyaṃ uppannassa accekacīvarassa anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā parihāro’’ti vuttaṃ. Tameva ca parihāraṃ sandhāya ‘‘chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāya pana uppannaṃ anaccekacīvarampi paccuddharitvā ṭhapitacīvarampi etaṃ parihāraṃ labhatiyevā’’ti (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.646-649) vuttaṃ. Tasmā cīvaramāse dasāhato parampi anadhiṭṭhitaṃ avikappitampi ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati.
若问:“既然如此,为何说‘即使在适时,若指定而施与,此为非时衣’?”答:这是依非时衣的通称,以义理提取的方式而说,如同最初制戒时“耳语者”的比喻。因为在十一个月或七个月中生起的衣,可由已安居竟者和其余在场者分配,故成为非时衣。而在适时,若不特别指明“我将此非时衣施与僧团”,只言“我施与僧团”所施的衣,则只应由已安居竟者分配,不应由其他人分配,这称为时衣。然而,指定施与的衣,则应由所有在场者共同分配,故为非时衣。因此,即使在适时,指定而施与的衣,由于可由已安居竟者和其余到来者分配,依非时衣的通称,以义理提取的方式说“即使在适时,若指定而施与,此为非时衣”。若又问:“既然如此,为何说‘或施与一人:我施与你’?因为指定施与个人的衣,不应由任何人分配。”答:这并无矛盾,因为如此说是为了显示依“指定”一词的通称而可得的义理。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvara’’nti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti ce? Akālacīvarasāmaññato atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ paṭhamāniyate sotassa raho viya. Ekādasamāse sattamāse ca uppannañhi cīvaraṃ vutthavassehi sesehi ca sammukhībhūtehi bhājetuṃ labbhatīti akālacīvaraṃ nāma jātaṃ. Kāle pana ‘‘saṅghassa idaṃ akālacīvaraṃ dammī’’ti anuddisitvā ‘‘saṅghassa dammī’’ti dinnaṃ vutthavassehiyeva bhājetabbaṃ, na aññehīti kālacīvaranti vuccati. Ādissa dinnaṃ pana sammukhībhūtehi sabbehiyeva bhājetabbanti akālacīvaraṃ, tasmā kālepi ādissa dinnassa vutthavassehi sesehi ca sampattehi bhājanīyattā akālacīvarasāmaññato ‘‘kālepi ādissa dinnaṃ, etaṃ akālacīvara’’nti atthuddhāravasena vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘ekapuggalassa vā idaṃ tuyhaṃ dammīti dinna’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ. Na hi puggalassa ādissa dinnaṃ kenaci bhājanīyaṃ hotīti? Nāyaṃ virodho ādissa vacanasāmaññato labbhamānamatthaṃ dassetuṃ tathā vuttattā.
然而,并非如此解释,即不将“若超过此”释为“超过月的最长期限”。“期间生起的衣期许”是主格语,因为它在“使其随自己而行”这一作格动作中成为施事者。因为期间生起的衣期许,不允许将根本衣寄存超过一个月,只能以自身的十日为限来限定,故使其随自己而行。此后,“根本衣”在此处是主格语。因为从第二十日起生起的衣期许,不允许根本衣随行超过十日,只能以与自身相关的制作联系,依自身的时间来限定,故使其随自己而行。然而,对于获得衣期许后分开寄存者,若未超过十日,不因此犯戒。在巴利文中,“应作十日”,此处的“十日”是具格,意为“以十日”。有人也将“五日起生”等读作略语。从二十一日起生起……乃至……应作九日等,这是除去衣期许的生起日而说的。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pana avatvāti ‘‘tato ce uttari’’nti imassa ‘‘māsaparamato uttari’’nti padabhājanaṃ avatvā. Tāva uppannaṃ paccāsācīvaranti paccattavacanaṃ ‘‘attano gatikaṃ karotī’’ti karaṇakiriyāya kattubhāvato. Antarā uppannañhi paccāsācīvaraṃ māsaparamaṃ mūlacīvaraṃ ṭhapetuṃ adatvā attano dasāhaparamatāya eva paricchindatīti attano gatikaṃ karoti. Tato uddhaṃ mūlacīvaranti ettha pana mūlacīvaranti paccattavacanaṃ. Vīsatimadivasato uddhañhi uppannaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ dasāhaparamaṃ gantuṃ adatvā mūlacīvaraṃ attanā saddhiṃ karaṇasambandhatāmattena sakakālavasena paricchindatīti attano gatikaṃ karoti. Paccāsācīvare pana labhitvā visuṃ ṭhapentassa dasāhaṃ anatikkante natthi tappaccayā āpatti. Pāḷiyaṃ dasāhā kāretabbanti ettha dasāhāti karaṇatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, dasāhenāti attho. Pañcāhuppannetiādiṃ rassaṃ katvāpi paṭhanti. Ekavīse uppanne…pe… navāhā kāretabbantiādi paccāsācīvarassa uppannadivasaṃ ṭhapetvā vuttaṃ.
应当知道,“其他衣期许……乃至……应作”这段话,是仅就存在的期许而说的。然而,如果“从今以后我将得不到衣”的期许断绝,且根本衣已满十日,则应在当日决意。关于“衣期许也应决意为资具布”,这是针对先已生起的不同类衣期许而说的。“各各”即一一不同,或即为原文。此处的部分,与初迦提那中所说的相似。唯一的不同是:那里是超过十日,这里是超过一月。显示巴利原文
Aññaṃ paccāsācīvaraṃ…pe… kāretabbanti idaṃ satiyā eva paccāsāya vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Sace pana ‘‘ito paṭṭhāya cīvaraṃ na labhissāmī’’ti paccāsā upacchinnā, mūlacīvarampi dasāhaṃ ce sampattaṃ, tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Paccāsācīvarampi parikkhāracoḷaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbanti paṭhamataraṃ uppannaṃ visabhāgapaccāsācīvaraṃ sandhāya vadati. Aññamaññanti aññaṃ aññaṃ, ayameva vā pāṭho. Aṅgaṃ panettha paṭhamakathine vuttasadisameva. Kevalañhi tattha dasāhātikkamo, idha māsātikkamoti ayaṃ viseso.
四、旧衣学处的注释显示巴利原文
4. Purāṇacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
503 在第四句中,“饭食的放出”应理解为巴利词语“饭食之事”的意思,也有说是“饭食的安排”。其中,“名为那”应理解为“他名为那”的意思,也有说是“你名为那”。显示巴利原文
503. Catutthe bhattavissagganti pāḷipadassa bhattakiccanti attho veditabbo, ‘‘bhattasaṃvidhāna’’ntipi keci. Tattha nāma tvanti imassapi so nāma tvanti attho veditabbo, ‘‘tāya nāma tva’’nti keci.
505 父与母称为父母,父之父称为祖父,他们的一对称为祖父对。因此,应知此处义理为:直至第七代祖父对,亦即祖父双组。如此,以“祖父”一词,外祖父也被包含在内。依据“直至第七代祖父对”的说法,向下及向上的第八代则不称为亲属。所谓“仅是说法之门”,是指“祖父对”中以祖父来代表乃是说法之门,因为也意指祖母、外祖母等。父之母为祖母。母之父为外祖父。母之母为外祖母。此处,虽依五百释迦族女的先例,有现比丘尼相而住于比丘尼位的变形者,以及依一部僧众受具足戒的比丘尼也是可行的,但为了显示普遍通则,故说“比丘尼者,于二部僧中受具足戒”。关于“作净”的说法,有人说“仅作净者犯波逸提”。“旧衣者,即曾穿过一次、曾披过一次的衣服”,这仅是举例,故说“乃至以受用为首”等。“以身触后,其受用即名为受用”,这是库伦达注的意旨。显示巴利原文
505. Pitā ca mātā ca pitaro, pitūnaṃ pitaro pitāmahā, tesaṃyeva yugo pitāmahayugo, tasmā yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā pitāmahadvandāti evamettha attho daṭṭhabbo. Evañhi pitāmahaggahaṇeneva mātāmahopi gahitoti. ‘‘Yāva sattamā pitāmahayugā’’ti vacanato heṭṭhā ca uddhañca aṭṭhamayugo ñāti nāma na hoti. Desanāmukhameva cetanti pitāmahayugāti pitāmaha-ggahaṇaṃ desanāmukhaṃ pitāmahīmātāmahīādīnampi adhippetattā. Pitu mātā pitāmahī. Mātu pitā mātāmaho. Mātu mātā mātāmahī. Ettha kiñcāpi pañcasatasākiyānīnaṃ vasena bhikkhubhāve ṭhatvā parivattaliṅgāya bhikkhuniyā ca vasena ekatoupasampannā bhikkhunī labbhati, tathāpi pakatiniyāmeneva dassetuṃ ‘‘bhikkhunī nāma ubhatosaṅghe upasampannā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Kappaṃ katvāti vacanato dinnakappameva pācittiyaṃ janetī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Purāṇacīvaraṃ nāma sakiṃ nivatthampi sakiṃ pārutampī’’ti idaṃ nidassanamattanti āha ‘‘antamaso paribhogasīsenā’’tiādi. ‘‘Kāyena phusitvā paribhogoyeva paribhogo nāmā’’ti kurundiyaṃ adhippāyo.
506 “做了身体动作”这一句,应关联到“放在近处”这一词为止的所有词句。意思是,正如她知道“这位是想让人洗”,这样做出了身体动作。由于说到“做了身体动作”,如果未以身体或语言做任何表示,只是手递手地给,也无犯。关于“在十二肘内的区域”这一限定,应当结合上下文来理解才是恰当的。因为对于手递手地给以及放在脚边给的情况,并不需要加上“在十二肘内的区域”这一句,否则便不成立。当有可能性且存在歧义时,限定语才具有意义。上面是针对“抛掷”等词而说此限定语的,因此,站在十二肘内的区域内向上抛掷,或派人送交他人手中,则有犯。然而,若在“离开近处”的情况下,仅用身体或语言做了动作而命令,也无犯。“近处”即指十二肘以内的区域;“离开近处”则指超出十二肘近处之外。显示巴利原文
506.Kāyavikāraṃ katvāti idaṃ yāva ‘‘orato ṭhapetī’’ti padaṃ, tāva sabbapadesu sambandhitabbaṃ. Yathā sā ‘‘dhovāpetukāmo aya’’nti jānāti, evaṃ kāyavikāraṃ katvāti attho. ‘‘Kāyavikāraṃ katvā’’ti vacanato kāyavācāhi kañci vikāraṃ akatvā hatthena hatthe dentassapi anāpatti. Antodvādasahatthe okāseti idaṃ visesanaṃ yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbaṃ. Tathā hi hatthena hatthe dentassa pādamūle ca ṭhapetvā dentassa ‘‘antodvādasahatthe okāse’’ti idaṃ vattabbanti natthi aññathā asambhavato. Sati hi sambhave byabhicāre ca visesanaṃ sātthakaṃ hoti. Upari ‘‘khipatī’’tiādīni pana sandhāya idaṃ visesanaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā antodvādasahatthe okāse ṭhatvā upari khipantassa aññassa hatthe pesentassa ca āpatti. Upacāraṃ pana muñcitvā kāyavācāhi vikāraṃ katvā āṇāpentassapi anāpatti. Upacāreti antodvādasahatthameva okāsaṃ vadati. Upacāraṃ muñcitvāti dvādasahatthūpacāraṃ muñcitvā.
“以一件物品”是就首先完成的那一件而言的。关于染色无犯:即使她期望染色,但说的是“洗了之后拿来”,因此无犯,因为并非出于命令。而所谓“未被命令而洗”,这也就等于说了“未被命令而染,未被命令而捶打”,所以论中说:“以‘未被命令而洗’这一特征,无犯。”“犯众多罪”是指除了波逸提罪之外,还犯有两个恶作罪。“依其事项而定”的意思是应当舍出。这些合计五百,故称五百。显示巴利原文
Ekena vatthunāti paṭhamaṃ katvā niṭṭhāpitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Rajane anāpattīti rajanaṃ paccāsīsantassapi ‘‘dhovitvā ānehī’’ti vuttattā anāpatti anāṇattiyā katattā. ‘‘Avuttā dhovatī’’ti iminā ‘‘avuttā rajati, avuttā ākoṭetī’’ti idampi vuttameva hotīti āha – ‘‘avuttā dhovatīti iminā lakkhaṇena anāpattī’’ti. Sambahulā āpattiyo āpajjatīti pācittiyena saddhiṃ dve dukkaṭāni āpajjati. Yathāvatthukamevāti nissaggiyamevāti attho. Pañca satāni parimāṇametāsanti pañcasatā.
507 “令比丘尼洗衣……乃至……命令者”:于此,即使她期望洗衣,也无犯。这里有三项条件:是旧衣、在近处命令非亲比丘尼、以及该比丘尼进行洗涤等。显示巴利原文
507.Cīvaraṃdhovāti…pe… āṇāpentassāti ettha tāya dhovanaṃ paccāsīsantassapi anāpatti. Purāṇacīvaratā, upacāre ṭhatvā aññātikāya bhikkhuniyā āṇāpanaṃ, tassā dhovanādīni cāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
五、受衣学处的注释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvarapaṭiggahaṇasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
508 第五、“于未制学处时”:指的是关于“落后于僧团”的学处尚未制定之时。“住处轮值”指照料住处的轮值。“具足部分”指具足所有大、小肢节。“一切边际”:因为没有第六件其他衣,五衣中的每一件即是一切衣的边际,故称“一切边际”。因为在安陀会等五衣中,每一件由于没有第六件其他衣,就是五衣的边际。或者,五衣中的每一件由于没有第二件其他衣,即是边际;如此一来,一切衣都是边际,故称“一切边际”,或者完全就是边际,所以称为“一切边际”。因此说:“其他……没有。”正如她的心愿不会实现:指她生起的“我要看身体的圆满”这一心愿不会实现。如此,仅展示于手掌上:指应给的衣服不应展示身体,只在手掌上展示并说“喂”。显示巴利原文
508. Pañcame apaññatte sikkhāpadeti gaṇamhā ohīyanasikkhāpade apaññatte. Vihāravāranti vihārapaṭijagganavāraṃ. Koṭṭhāsasampattīti sakalā aṅgapaccaṅgasampatti. Sabbapariyantanti chaṭṭhassa aññacīvarassa abhāvā pañcannaṃ cīvarānaṃ ekamekaṃ sabbesaṃ pariyantanti sabbapariyantaṃ. Antaravāsakādīsu hi pañcasu ekamekaṃ aññassa chaṭṭhassa abhāvā pañcannaṃ antameva hoti. Athavā pañcasu cīvaresu ekamekaṃ attano aññassa dutiyassa abhāvā antameva hotīti sabbameva pariyantanti sabbapariyantaṃ, sabbaso vā pariyantanti sabbapariyantaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘aññaṃ…pe… natthī’’ti. Yathā tassa manoratho na pūratīti ‘‘sarīrapāripūriṃ passissāmī’’ti tassa uppanno manoratho yathā na pūrati. Evaṃ hatthataleyeva dassetvāti sarīraṃ adassetvāva dātabbacīvaraṃ hatthatale ‘‘handā’’ti dassetvā.
510 “手被破坏”指手遭毁坏,即不被计入、不被信赖、无所依归的意思。“被彻底刺穿”指受到逼迫。“应回转的称为回转,回转即是回转物,回转后才给予”,这是其含义。显示巴利原文
510.Vihatthatāyāti vihatahatthatāya, agaṇatāya appaccayatāya appaṭisaraṇatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Samabhitunnattāti pīḷitattā. Parivattetabbaṃ parivattaṃ, parivattameva pārivattakaṃ, parivattetvā dīyamānanti attho.
512 “在近处”是指十二肘的近处。“或者离开近处而抛掷”意为离开十二肘后放在近处,不是像前一个学处那样必须放在十二肘以内,这是其意趣。“除了有交换物之外”:即使给了最少如诃子块,或作了“我将给”的意而后取交换物,这些情况除外。关于“非无心想故不相符”:正如对非亲比丘尼作亲想、有疑而取时,由于不是无心想而有犯;同样,这里即使不知道“这是比丘尼所有”而取,也有犯,这是其意。“给雨安居衣”是指作为个人所有而给。知道了是为自己而放置的状态而取粪扫衣,也不名为取他人所有,因此说:“但如果是在垃圾堆等处”。因为无主物才称为粪扫衣。“决意为粪扫衣”指生起“这是无主物”的想法。然而,如果不生起粪扫衣想,则不应取。显示巴利原文
512.Upacāreti dvādasahatthūpacāraṃ sandhāya vadati. Upacāraṃ vā muñcitvā khipantīti dvādasahatthaṃ muñcitvā orato ṭhapenti, na purimasikkhāpade viya dvādasahatthabbhantareyevāti adhippāyo. Aññatra pārivattakāti yaṃ antamaso harītakakhaṇḍampi datvā vā dassāmīti ābhogaṃ katvā vā pārivattakaṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ ṭhapetvā. Acittakabhāvena na sametīti yathā aññātikāya ñātikasaññissa vematikassa ca gaṇhato acittakattā āpatti , evamidhāpi ‘‘bhikkhuniyā santakaṃ ida’’nti ajānitvā gaṇhatopi āpattiyevāti adhippāyo. Vassāvāsikaṃ detīti puggalikaṃ katvā deti. Paṃsukūlaṃ attano atthāya ṭhapitabhāvaṃ jānitvā gaṇhantenapi aññassa santakaṃ gahitaṃ nāma na hotīti āha – ‘‘sace pana saṅkārakūṭādīsū’’tiādi. Asāmikañhi paṃsukūlanti vuccati. Paṃsukūlaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvāti ‘‘asāmikaṃ ida’’nti saññaṃ uppādetvā. Evaṃ pana paṃsukūlasaññaṃ anuppādetvā gaṇhituṃ na vaṭṭati.
513 “对非亲比丘尼作非亲想等,为三波逸提”:此处的“iti”是“等”的意思。以三为量,故称“三”;既是三,又是波逸提,故称“三波逸提”,意为三个波逸提。显示巴利原文
513.Aññātikāya aññātikasaññīti tikapācittiyanti ettha iti-saddo ādiattho. Tīṇi parimāṇamassāti tikaṃ, tikañca taṃ pācittiyañcāti tikapācittiyaṃ, tīṇi pācittiyānīti attho.
514 “钵袋等任何物品”是指不堪受持决意的物品。因为说:“衣是指六种衣中的任何一种,是堪行作净的最下等衣”,所以任何堪受持决意的物品都不可以。因此说:“堪行作净的最下等衣的量”等。因为床垫皮即使体积很大,由于属于坐卧具,不归入衣的范畴,所以既不能受持决意,也不能作净,因此从不堪受持决意的共性来说。即使床垫皮有如床那样大,也是可以的。那么对于钵袋等更小的物品,还有什么可说的呢?意思是:连那么大的床垫皮都因不堪受持决意而无犯,对于比它更小的、不堪受持决意的钵袋等物品,还有什么可说的呢?接受是作为,不退还则是不作为。这里有三项条件:是堪行作净的衣、没有交换物、从非亲比丘尼手中接受。显示巴利原文
514.Pattatthavikādiṃ yaṃkiñcīti anadhiṭṭhānupagaṃ sandhāya vadati. ‘‘Cīvaraṃ nāma channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññataraṃ cīvaraṃ vikappanupagaṃ pacchima’’nti hi vuttattā adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ yaṃkiñci na vaṭṭati. Tenevāha – ‘‘vikappanupagapacchimacīvarappamāṇa’’ntiādi. Yasmā bhisicchavi mahantāpi senāsanasaṅgahitattā cīvarasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchatīti neva adhiṭṭhānupagā na vikappanupagā ca, tasmā anadhiṭṭhānupagasāmaññato vuttaṃ. Sacepi mañcappamāṇā bhisicchavi hoti, vaṭṭatiyevāti. Ko pana vādo pattatthavikādīsūti mahatiyāpi tāva bhisicchaviyā anadhiṭṭhānupagattā anāpatti, tato khuddakataresu anadhiṭṭhānupagesu pattatthavikādīsu kimeva vattabbanti adhippāyo. Paṭiggahaṇaṃ kiriyā, aparivattanaṃ akiriyā. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, pārivattakābhāvo, aññātikāya hatthato gahaṇanti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
六、向非亲族乞衣学处的注释显示巴利原文
6. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
515 第六:'被贬斥者',即低劣之人,意为鄙陋。'贪婪辈',即本性贪婪之人。'熟练即具足',故说'巧妙'等语。'于何似'——此处'于何似'为语助词,表同义,即'犹如何'这一语助词,义为'犹如什么',其用意是'犹如苦',故说'犹如烦恼'等语。依于法、依于行此法近行之惯例所作的邀请,称为法之邀请——这是该经文的含义,应如此了知。然而,若'尊者,若有所需,请言之'此话是如实而说,则已属受邀请的状态。但既然即使邀请之后,若不欲施与者,仍处于未受邀请的境地,因此世尊不审察已邀请与未邀请的情形,唯审察'乌巴难达,此人是你的亲属还是非亲属'之亲属与非亲属的情形。'夺取',即劫掠之义。显示巴利原文
515. Chaṭṭhe patikiṭṭhoti nihīno, lāmakoti attho. Lolajātikoti lolasabhāvo. Paṭuyeva paṭṭo. Tenāha ‘‘cheko’’tiādi. Kismiṃ viyāti ettha ‘‘kismiṃ viyā’’ti nipātavasena samānatthaṃ ‘‘kiṃsu viyā’’ti nipātapadanti āha ‘‘kiṃsu viyā’’ti, kiṃ viyāti attho, dukkhaṃ viyāti adhippāyo. Tenāha ‘‘kileso viyā’’tiādi. Dhammavasena upacāravasena nimantanā dhammanimantanāti pāḷipadassa attho veditabbo. Sace pana ‘‘vadeyyātha, bhante, yenattho’’ti idaṃ saccameva vuttaṃ siyā, pavāritoyeva hoti. Yasmā pana pavāretvāpi adātukāmo appavāritaṭṭhāneyeva tiṭṭhati, tasmā bhagavā pavāritāpavāritabhāvaṃ avicāretvā ‘‘ñātako te, upananda, aññātako’’ti ñātakaaññātakabhāvaṃyeva vicāresi. Musiṃsūti vilumpiṃsu.
517 '次第论',即次第决断之论。因为其余资具已被共住弟子取走,仅剩下着衣与披衣,故说'仅拿走着衣与披衣'。由于不知共住弟子们是来或不来,故说'长老们尚不应……应分与'。纵为他人之利益,亦可得:当自己将衣施与时,自己以枝叶遮蔽,因此为他们利益亦应分与。由'应以草或叶遮蔽而来'的语句,可知在这些情形下,破坏植物也被允许,故说'不因破坏植物而犯波逸提'。他们持守无犯:即使持守那些外道的标志,亦无恶作。显示巴利原文
517.Anupubbakathāti anupubbena vinicchayakathā. Sesaparikkhārānaṃ saddhivihārikehi gahitattā nivāsanapārupanamattameva avasiṭṭhanti āha ‘‘nivāsanapārupanamattaṃyeva haritvā’’ti. Saddhivihārikānaṃ tāva āgamanassa vā anāgamanassa vā ajānanatāya vuttaṃ ‘‘therehi neva tāva…pe… bhañjitabba’’nti. Paresampi atthāya labhantīti attano cīvaraṃ dadamānā sayaṃ sākhābhaṅgena paṭicchādentīti tesaṃ atthāyapi bhañjituṃ labhanti. ‘‘Tiṇena vā paṇṇena vā paṭicchādetvā āgantabba’’nti vacanato īdisesu bhūtagāmapātabyatāpi anuññātāyeva hotīti āha – ‘‘neva bhūtagāmapātabyatāya pācittiyaṃ hotī’’ti. Na tesaṃ dhāraṇe dukkaṭanti tesaṃ titthiyaddhajānaṃ dhāraṇepi dukkaṭaṃ natthi.
“而他们所给的衣物”是关联句。因长老们已自行给了,故说“处于未破损衣的状态”。若执取其邪见,便名为“外道附从者”,因此说“不执取邪见”。“若僧团没有寺院衣……乃至……犯恶作”,这是指从途中进入的寺院离去之后,前往他所喜乐之处者,犯恶作。由此及“最初所到之处”这句话,可知若裸身而行,即使在途中暂时停留的寺院,也犯恶作。若问:既然如此,为何那段未加说明?因为那里没有因缘。那段是以“诸比丘,我允许未破损衣者……乃至……求衣”的关联,开许穿着与披覆僧团衣,而说了“最初所到之处……取来披覆”,所以那段没有因缘,便未说恶作。显示巴利原文
Yāni ca nesaṃ vatthāni dentīti sambandho. Therānaṃ sayameva dinnattā vuttaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvaraṭṭhāne ṭhitattā’’ti. Yadi laddhiṃ gaṇhāti, titthiyapakkantako nāma hoti, tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘laddhiṃ aggahetvā’’ti. ‘‘No ce hoti saṅghassa vihāracīvaraṃ vā…pe… āpatti dukkaṭassā’’ti iminā antarāmagge paviṭṭhavihārato nikkhamitvā aññattha attano abhirucitaṭṭhānaṃ gacchantassa dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ. Iminā ca ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ upagacchatī’’ti vuttaṃ antarāmagge ṭhitavihārampi sace naggo hutvā gacchati, dukkaṭamevāti veditabbaṃ. Yadi evaṃ tattha kasmā na vuttanti ce? Anokāsattā. Tattha hi ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, acchinnacīvarassa vā…pe… cīvaraṃ viññāpetu’’nti iminā sambandhena saṅghikampi cīvaraṃ nivāsetuṃ pārupituñca anujānanto ‘‘yaṃ āvāsaṃ paṭhamaṃ…pe… gahetvā pārupitu’’nti āha, tasmā tattha anokāsattā dukkaṭaṃ na vuttaṃ.
“寺院衣”即坐卧处所使用的衣。“以布片”即用布片。“其上”即铺在地上的上面。“由去往他国者”是指未得到其他衣而前往他国的人。“在一处……应放置”:此处有人解释:“以某种借口取用却未去,而放置者是以僧团共用的方式放置,所以即使被指定用于另一坐卧处,也可放置于别处。”“以共用”是指未得到其他衣而共同使用。显示巴利原文
Vihāracīvaranti senāsanacīvaraṃ. Cimilikāhīti paṭapilotikāhi. Tassa uparīti bhūmattharaṇassa upari. Videsagatenāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā videsagatena. Ekasmiṃ…pe… ṭhapetabbanti ettha ‘‘lesena gahetvā agatattā ṭhapentena ca saṅghikaparibhogeneva ṭhapitattā aññasmiṃ senāsane niyamitampi aññattha ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Paribhogenevāti aññaṃ cīvaraṃ alabhitvā paribhuñjanena.
519-521 “用旧”即以此衣不能再遮蔽身体,如此旧损。“以如法之语”是为了避免买卖的罪过而说。“求衣者”的意思,即说明“令人买、令人交换”。以自己财物求取,就名为交换,这是意旨。显示向以僧团名义邀请者求衣的规定:“只应适量”。因为以僧团名义邀请时,一切属僧团共有,所以不应多求。“凡是所邀请”即凡是邀请说“我将给与某衣等”。“没有求衣之事”,因为不等请求便给予,所以求来做什么?这是意旨。“为他人”在此处也是承接“亲属受邀请者”,故说“自己亲属的受邀请者”等。可纳为分配之衣的性质、非时、向非亲属求、由此而得——这是此处的四要素。显示巴利原文
519-521.Paribhogajiṇṇanti yathā tena cīvarena sarīraṃ paṭicchādetuṃ na sakkā, evaṃ jiṇṇaṃ. Kappiyavohārenāti kayavikkayāpattito mocanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viññāpentassā’’ti imasseva atthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘cetāpentassa parivattāpentassā’’ti. Attano dhanena hi viññāpanaṃ nāma parivattanamevāti adhippāyo. Saṅghavasena pavāritānaṃ viññāpane vattaṃ dasseti ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatī’’ti. Saṅghavasena hi pavārite sabbesaṃ sādhāraṇattā adhikaṃ viññāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ yaṃ pavāretīti yaṃ yaṃ cīvarādiṃ dassāmīti pavāreti. Viññāpanakiccaṃ natthīti vinā viññattiyā dīyamānattā viññāpetvā kiṃ karissatīti adhippāyo. Aññassatthāyāti etthāpi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti idaṃ anuvattatiyevāti āha ‘‘attano ñātakapavārite’’tiādi. Vikappanupagacīvaratā, samayābhāvo, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
七、过分学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
522 522. 第七段经文中,『布料商店』者,即布商之铺市。亦有读作『已陈列之店』者。显示巴利原文
522. Sattame pāḷiyaṃ paggāhikasālanti dussavāṇijakānaṃ āpaṇaṃ. ‘‘Paggāhitasāla’’ntipi paṭhanti.
523-524 “Abhīti”是前缀,表示它没有特殊含义,因此说“haritu”的意思是“绿色”。由于“vara”一词用于希求的意义,所以说“icchāpeyyā”(应希求)。在“daṭṭhu khemato”中,应视为因诗律而省略了鼻音。“Saantaranti”意为连同下衣。“Uttaranti”指上衣。“Assa cīvarassāti”指应受持的衣。“Acchinnasabbacīvarenāti”指三衣全部未被夺者,即他拥有未被夺的全部三衣,这是其含义。因为当衣被夺时,若三衣都现存,则它们全部未被夺,故此人被称为“acchinnasabbacīvaro”(全部衣未被夺者)。正因如此,才说“acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvarakena”(以全部衣未被夺的三衣者)。说“ticīvarakena”(三衣者),是就夺衣时三衣现存的情况而言,并非指依律的三衣者身份或头陀支的三衣者身份。应当这样遵行:即按照“比丘应以连同下衣和上衣为最上,从此处受持衣”所说的方式遵行。显示巴利原文
523-524.Abhītiupasaggoti tassa visesatthābhāvaṃ dasseti. Tenāha ‘‘haritunti attho’’ti. Vara-saddassa icchāyaṃ vattamānattā āha ‘‘icchāpeyyā’’ti. Daṭṭhu khematoti ettha gāthābandhavasena anunāsikalopo daṭṭhabbo. Saantaranti antaravāsakasahitaṃ. Uttaranti uttarāsaṅgaṃ. Assa cīvarassāti sāditabbacīvarassa. Acchinnasabbacīvarenāti acchinnāni sabbāni tīṇi cīvarāni assāti acchinnasabbacīvaro, tenāti attho. Yassa hi acchindanasamaye tīṇi cīvarāni sannihitāni honti, tāni sabbāni acchinnānīti so ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvaro’’ti vuccati. Teneva ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena ticīvarakenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ticīvarakenāti hi acchindanasamaye ticīvarassa sannihitabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana vinayatecīvarikabhāvaṃ dhutaṅgatecīvarikabhāvaṃ vā sandhāya. Evaṃ paṭipajjitabbanti ‘‘santaruttaraparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tato cīvaraṃ sāditabba’’nti vuttavidhinā paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Aññenāti acchinnaasabbacīvarena. Yassa tīsu cīvaresu ekaṃ vā dve vā cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, tenāti attho. Aññathāpīti ‘‘santaruttaraparama’’nti vuttavidhānato aññathāpi. Yassa hi tīsu dve cīvarāni acchinnāni honti, ekaṃ sāditabbaṃ. Ekasmiṃ acchinne na sāditabbanti na tassa santaruttaraparamasādiyanaṃ sambhavati, ayameva ca attho padabhājanena vibhāvito. Tenāha ‘‘taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti.
然而,有些人说:“既然用了‘ticīvarakena’一词,那么对于以资具布的方式决意而受用三衣者,在那件衣失去时,即使拿取多件衣也是可以的。”这种说法不可取。因为,在显示分别说的意图时,既然说了“以全部衣未被夺者……为了显示那种分别”,而在分别说中却找不到那样的含义,因此那种说法确实不可取。此外,在《本母注释》中所说“对于决意衣,三件都失去者”,那里也应理解为“决意”一词只是陈述形式,而不应理解为“唯以三衣决意而决意衣者”那样的含义,因为在巴利圣典和注释中,那样的含义并不存在。不能认为“此学处唯为以三衣决意而决意衣者所制定”。实际上,由于前一学处允许衣未被夺者向非亲戚乞求,世尊为了在不知限量而乞求的事由中,允许依限量受持,才制定了此学处。因此,“资具布者即使受持很多衣也是可以的”这一含义,既不符合巴利圣典,也不符合世尊的意图。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘ticīvarakenāti vuttattā ticīvaraṃ parikkhāracoḷavasena adhiṭṭhahitvā paribhuñjato tasmiṃ naṭṭhe bahūnipi gahetuṃ labhatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Padabhājanassa hi adhippāyaṃ dassentena yasmā pana ‘‘acchinnasabbacīvarena…pe… taṃ vibhāgaṃ dassetu’’nti vuttaṃ, padabhājane ca na tādiso attho upalabbhati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabbameva. Yampi mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. tatuttarisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘yassa adhiṭṭhitacīvarassa tīṇi naṭṭhānī’’ti, tatthāpi adhiṭṭhitaggahaṇaṃ sarūpakathanamattanti gahetabbaṃ, na pana ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarassevāti evamattho gahetabbo pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca tathā atthassa asambhavato. Na hi ticīvarādhiṭṭhānena adhiṭṭhitacīvarasseva idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattanti sakkā viññātuṃ. Purimasikkhāpadena hi acchinnacīvarassa aññātakaviññattiyā anuññātattā pamāṇaṃ ajānitvā viññāpanavatthusmiṃ pamāṇato sādiyanaṃ anujānantena bhagavatā idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmā ‘‘parikkhāracoḷikassa bahumpi sādituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti ayamattho neva pāḷiyā sameti, na ca bhagavato adhippāyaṃ anulometi.
“三件都失去者,应受持两件”:在此,若有人除了三衣之外,还有多余的衣存放在别处,那时由于那件衣无法取得,应当知道,他同样可以受持。本来就以连同下衣和上衣而住者,是指依有疑惧学处而住,或依不离衣羯磨而住,或因得不到第三衣而住。“两件失去”因是强调而说,故说“应受持两件”。受持一件即成为相等:三衣中失去两件时,受持一件即成为相等,因为两者都处于“以连同下衣和上衣为最上”的状态。至于“若仅有一件者”,是就因其他某种原因而失去其余衣的情况而说。显示巴利原文
Yassa tīṇi naṭṭhāni, tena dve sāditabbānīti ettha yassa ticīvarato adhikampi cīvaraṃ aññattha ṭhitaṃ atthi, tadātassa cīvarassa alabbhanīyabhāvato tenapi sādituṃ vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Pakatiyāva santaruttarena caratīti sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavasena vā avippavāsasammutivasena vā tatiyassa alābhena vā carati. ‘‘Dve naṭṭhānī’’ti adhikārattā vuttaṃ ‘‘dve sāditabbānī’’ti. Ekaṃ sādiyanteneva samo bhavissatīti tiṇṇaṃ cīvarānaṃ dvīsu naṭṭhesu ekaṃ sādiyantena samo bhavissati ubhinnampi santaruttaraparamatāya avaṭṭhānato. Yassa ekaṃyeva hotīti aññena kenaci kāraṇena vinaṭṭhasesacīvaraṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
526 526. 因为说到“他们给与时说‘剩下的归你吧’”,所以即使在说了“我们将拿取符合限量者,剩下的将带回”之后,在离开时他们又说“剩下的也归你们吧”,这也是得到许可的。而“已邀请者”,是指在衣未被夺时之前就已发出邀请者。与巴利圣典不符:为了显示在超过“以连同下衣和上衣为最上”而受持时无罪,而说“无罪:对亲戚、对已邀请者”,因此不符。因为对于以连同下衣和上衣为最上而受持者,根本不存在犯戒的可能;唯有当学处有犯戒可能时,显示无罪才是恰当的,这是此处意趣。然而,有些人说:“‘仅限量是许可的’,这是为了显示头陀支而说的。”显示巴利原文
526. ‘‘Sesakaṃ tuyheva hotūti dentī’’ti vuttattā ‘‘pamāṇayuttaṃ gaṇhissāma, sesakaṃ āharissāmā’’ti vatvā gahetvā gamanasamayepi ‘‘sesakampi tumhākaññeva hotū’’ti vadanti, laddhakappiyameva. Pavāritānanti acchinnakālato pubbeyeva pavāritānaṃ. Pāḷiyā na sametīti santaruttaraparamato uttari sādiyane anāpattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘anāpatti ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti vuttattā na sameti. Santaruttaraparamaṃ sādiyantassa hi āpattippasaṅgoyeva natthi, sati ca sikkhāpadena āpattippasaṅge anāpatti yuttā dassetunti adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘pamāṇameva vaṭṭatīti idaṃ sallekhadassanatthaṃ vutta’’nti vadanti.
然而,由于此中……未说,这里的意图是:若说“为了他人”,便会演变成“即使超过限量,为了他人而拿取也是可以的”。而此学处是依为他人而乞求的事由制定的,与事由对照时,并不相符。因为,对于制定学处所依据的同一个事由,显示无罪是不恰当的。而在三藏结集时则说:“由于此学处是依为自己而受持的关联而成立,因此根本没有说‘为了他人’的余地,故未说。”问:既然此处未说“为了他人”,若为了他人而向亲戚或已邀请者乞求超过限量者,是否有罪?答:否,因为在彼处,依前一学处便已成立无罪。超过限量性、属于衣未被夺等的因缘、向非亲戚乞求,以及由此获得,这是此处的四支。显示巴利原文
Yasmā panidaṃ…pe… na vuttanti etthāyamadhippāyo – ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti vuccamāne aññesaṃ atthāya pamāṇaṃ atikkamitvāpi gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatīti āpajjati, tañca aññassatthāya viññāpanavatthusmiṃ paññattattā vatthunā saṃsandiyamānaṃ na sameti. Na hi yaṃ vatthuṃ nissāya sikkhāpadaṃ paññattaṃ, tasmiṃyeva anāpattivacanaṃ yuttanti. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana tīsupi ‘‘imassa sikkhāpadassa attano sādiyanapaṭibaddhatāvasena pavattattā ‘aññassatthāyā’ti vattuṃ okāsoyeva natthi, tasmā na vutta’’nti kathitaṃ. Idha ‘‘aññassatthāyā’’ti avuttattā aññesaṃ atthāya ñātakapavāritesu adhikaṃ viññāpentassa āpattīti ce? Na, tattha purimasikkhāpadeneva anāpattisiddhito. Tatuttaritā, acchinnādikāraṇatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
八、第一扰乱学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Paṭhamaupakkhaṭasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
527 第八条中,“api mayyi”的读法,其义相同;而“ayyā”则是以复数形式称呼。显示巴利原文
527. Aṭṭhame api mayyāti pāṭhepi soyevattho. Ayyāti pana bahuvacanena āmantanaṃ kataṃ.
528-529 “Apadissā”:即通过说“我将给与名为某某的比丘”这样指定之后。“Paccayaṃ katvā”:以此为缘、作为理由。“Uddissā”:在此,行为者即“uddissā”所表示的指定行为之行为者。“Cīvaraṃ cetāpenti parivattenti etenāti cīvaracetāpannaṃ”:他们以此换取、交换衣料,故称“衣料换取物”。加上否定词“na”而说“cīvaracetāpannaṃ”,也有读作“cīvaracetāpana”的。“Pacuravohāravasena”:依通常的惯用语。因为通常人们想去见屋主便会前往其家,所以惯用语也大多如此。“Byañjanamattameva”:仅仅是字面表达,意指并无需要引申的含义。显示巴利原文
528-529.Apadissāti ‘‘itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dassāmī’’ti evaṃ apadisitvā. Paccayaṃ katvāti kāraṇaṃ katvā. Uddissāti ettha yo kattāti ‘‘uddissā’’ti iminā vuttauddisanakiriyāya yo kattā. Cīvaraṃ cetāpenti parivattenti etenāti cīvaracetāpannaṃ. Na-kārāgamaṃ katvā cīvaracetāpannanti vuttaṃ, ‘‘cīvaracetāpana’’ntipi paṭhanti. Pacuravohāravasenāti yebhuyyavohāravasena. Yebhuyyavasena hi gharasāmikaṃ daṭṭhukāmā tassa gharaṃ gacchantīti tatheva bahulaṃ vohāro. Byañjanamattamevāti attho netabbo natthīti adhippāyo.
531 然而,若价值相等则无犯:若施主愿给与多少价值的衣料,比丘接受等值的衣料便无犯,因为并未增加原本价值而作超额安排。在此,即使施主未在比丘面前说“我想布施”,比丘听闻其布施意愿后,也可让人取来与施主愿给与价值相等的衣料。因为此学处是关于“增值”的:此处“agghavaḍḍhanakaṃ”指具有增值之义,意谓此学处是依增值而制定的。“给与衣料”:指僧伽梨等任何一种衣料。对衣料有更多贪求、向非亲属乞求、以及由此获得——这是此处的三个构成要素。显示巴利原文
531.Samakepi pana anāpattīti yadagghanakaṃ so dātukāmo hoti, tadagghanake anāpatti mūlaṃ vaḍḍhetvā adhikavidhānaṃ anāpannattā. Ettha ca ‘‘dātukāmomhī’’ti attano santike avuttepi dātukāmataṃ sutvā yadagghanakaṃ so dātukāmo hoti, tadagghanakaṃ āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Agghavaḍḍhanakañhi idaṃ sikkhāpadanti ettha agghavaḍḍhanaṃ etassa atthīti agghavaḍḍhanakaṃ, agghavaḍḍhanaṃ sandhāya idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ paññattanti adhippāyo. Cīvaraṃ dehīti saṅghāṭiādīsu yaṃkiñci cīvaraṃ sandhāya vadati. Cīvare bhiyyokamyatā, aññātakaviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
532 532. 第二预备学处,无须另述。显示巴利原文
532. Dutiyaupakkhaṭe vattabbaṃ natthi.
十、王族学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Rājasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
537-539 537-539. 在国王学处中,有读作“ajjaṇho”者,亦有读作“ajjuṇho”者。“Bhogo”,即应受用者。于根本义注中说:“以此衣资换取衣料后,为名为某某的比丘覆身”——此言为显示来源清净。若差人传言:“将此物交予名为某某的比丘”,则因来源不清净,比丘甚至不应为这些非净物而指示执事人。但此处所言来源清净与否,并未见有特别的作用差别。即便来源不清净,若使者出于己之善巧而以如法之语陈述,所谓“不应指示执事人”即不成立;而且,当使者以如法之语陈述时,并不需要审查施主最初如何传言,若不审查则无从得知。然而,若因来源不清净便不得指示执事人,那么为求取衣料而将非净物交予使者手中时,于一切情况下,皆应先问明施主是如何传言,再指示执事人。因此,即便没有来源清净这层因素,若那位使者出于己之善巧而以如法之语陈述,便应采信使者的话。若此处唯以来源清净为准,那么即使施主以如法之语传言,而使者以不如法之语陈述,也应指示执事人;由此可知,于一切情况下,皆应以使者的话为准。显示巴利原文
537-539. Rājasikkhāpade pana ‘‘ajjaṇho’’ti pāṭhe ‘‘ajjuṇho’’tipi paṭhanti. Bhogoti bhuñjitabbo. Yaṃ vuttaṃ mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘iminā cīvaracetāpannena cīvaraṃ cetāpetvā itthannāmaṃ bhikkhuṃ cīvarena acchādehīti idaṃ āgamanasuddhiṃ dassetuṃ vuttaṃ. Sace hi ‘idaṃ itthannāmassa bhikkhuno dehī’ti peseyya, āgamanassa asuddhattā akappiyavatthuṃ ārabbha bhikkhunā kappiyakārakopi niddisitabbo na bhaveyyā’’ti, tattha āgamanassa suddhiyā vā asuddhiyā vā visesappayojanaṃ na dissati. Satipi hi āgamanassa asuddhabhāve dūto attano kusalatāya kappiyavohārena vadati, ‘‘kappiyakārako na niddisitabbo’’ti idaṃ natthi, na ca dūtena kappiyavohāravasena vutte dāyakena idaṃ kathaṃ pesitanti īdisī vicāraṇā upalabbhati, avicāretvā ca taṃ na sakkā jānituṃ, yadi pana āgamanassa asuddhattā kappiyakārako niddisitabbo na bhaveyya, cīvarānaṃ atthāya dūtassa hatthe akappiyavatthusmiṃ pesite sabbattha dāyakena kathaṃ pesitanti pucchitvāva kappiyakārako niddisitabbo bhaveyya. Tasmā asatipi āgamanasuddhiyaṃ sace so dūto attano kusalatāya kappiyavohāravasena vadati, dūtasseva vacanaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Yadi hi āgamanasuddhiyevettha pamāṇaṃ, mūlasāmikena kappiyavohāravasena pesitassa dūtassa akappiyavohāravasena vadatopi kappiyakārako niddisitabbo bhaveyya, tasmā sabbattha dūtavacanameva pamāṇanti gahetabbaṃ.
而“以此衣资”等语,意在显示此义:即使衣资是以如法的方式得来,若因如是使者之语而成为不如法,亦应拒绝。因此有言:“那位比丘应对那位使者这样说”等。黄金、白银、铜钱、摩沙迦——此四种为舍堕物;珍珠、宝石、琉璃、螺贝、石、珊瑚、赤珠、猫眼石、七种谷物、奴婢、田地、宅基、花园、果园等,则为恶作物,不可为自己,亦不可为塔、僧团、僧众或个人而接受。故为显示不应接受,而言:“贤友,我们不接受衣资。” 复言“但我们接受衣料”,是因此物已指明施与己,故可如此说。“应指示执事人”:此乃因被以如法语问及“尊者是否有执事人”而被允许。然而,若使者说“谁来接受此物”或“我将此物给谁”,则不应指示。“寺男或优婆塞”:此为约其相宜而说,实则除五种同法者外,任何执事人均可。“贤友,这位就是比丘们的执事人”:此为显示比丘的如法语而说。应如此表述,而不应说“给此人”之类。“他将换取或……”:此处“或”为填充词。“他已由我告知”等:此言旨在显示,唯有在使者如此回报时方可催促,并非仅凭交予物品即可。显示巴利原文
Iminā cīvaracetāpannenātiādinā pana imamatthaṃ dasseti – kappiya vasena āgatampi cīvaramūlaṃ īdisena dūtavacanena akappiyaṃ hoti, tasmā taṃ paṭikkhipitabbanti. Tenevāha – ‘‘tena bhikkhunā so dūto evamassa vacanīyo’’tiādi. Suvaṇṇaṃ, rajataṃ, kahāpaṇo, māsakoti imāni hi cattāri nissaggiyavatthūni, muttā, maṇi, veḷuriyo, saṅkho, silā, pavāḷaṃ, lohitaṅko, masāragallaṃ, satta dhaññāni, dāsidāsaṃ, khettaṃ, vatthu, pupphārāmaphalārāmādayoti imāni dukkaṭavatthūni ca attano vā cetiyasaṅghagaṇapuggalānaṃ vā atthāya sampaṭicchituṃ na vaṭṭanti, tasmā taṃ sādituṃ na vaṭṭatīti dassanatthaṃ ‘‘na kho mayaṃ, āvuso, cīvaracetāpannaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā’’ti vuttaṃ, ‘‘cīvarañca kho mayaṃ paṭiggaṇhāmā’’ti idaṃ pana attānaṃ uddissa ābhatattā vattuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā vuttaṃ. ‘‘Veyyāvaccakaro niddisitabbo’’ti idaṃ ‘‘atthi panāyasmato koci veyyāvaccakaro’’ti kappiyavacanena vuttattā anuññātaṃ. Sace pana dūto ‘‘ko imaṃ gaṇhātī’’ti vā ‘‘kassa demī’’ti vā vadati, na niddisitabbo. ‘‘Ārāmiko vā upāsako vā’’ti idaṃ sāruppatāya vuttaṃ, ṭhapetvā pana pañca sahadhammike yo koci kappiyakārako vaṭṭati. ‘‘Eso kho, āvuso, bhikkhūnaṃ veyyāvaccakaro’’ti idaṃ bhikkhussa kappiyavacanadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Evameva hi vattabbaṃ, ‘‘etassa dehī’’tiādi na vattabbaṃ. So vā cetāpessati vāti ettha eko vā-saddo padapūraṇo, ‘‘saññatto so mayā’’tiādi pana dūtena evaṃ ārociteyeva taṃ codetuṃ vaṭṭati, nevāssa hatthe datvā gatamattakāraṇenāti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ.
对于“这些话语……不应说”一句,此处:“若如此说,则因拒绝已作之事,犯语行恶作,而催促本身依然成立。”这是《大结集》和《中结集》中所说。在指出所提示的催促范围后,即“应第二次说”等。“被问时”一词,此处意为“被问者”,即以作格意义使用的主格。“破坏来由”:即毁坏来由。显示巴利原文
Etānihi vacanāni…pe… na vattabboti ettha ‘‘evaṃ vadanto paṭikkhittassa katattā vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati, codanā pana hotiyevā’’ti mahāgaṇṭhipade majjhimagaṇṭhipade ca vuttaṃ. Uddiṭṭhacodanāparicchedaṃ dassetvāti ‘‘dutiyampi vattabbo’’tiādinā dassetvā. Pucchiyamānoti ettha pucchiyamānenāti attho gahetabboti āha ‘‘karaṇatthe paccattavacana’’nti. Āgatakāraṇaṃ bhañjatīti āgatakāraṇaṃ vināseti.
在此,有些人说:“所谓‘来因’是指接受衣服,因为说‘它被破坏’,所以不应再以任何方式接受那件衣服。”另一些人则说:“所谓‘来因’是指以身、语进行催促,因为说‘它被破坏’,所以不能再以任何方式催促。如果他自己主动给,或者原主人让他给,则可以接受。”还有一些人说:“所谓‘来因’是指处所,因为说‘它被破坏’,正如以一句‘贤友,我需要衣服’的催促而破坏两个处所,同样地,在此若坐于座位,则以一次坐下而破坏两个处所;若接受物品,则以一次接受而破坏两个处所;若说法,则以说法学处中所说的限定,以一句话而破坏两个处所。”然而,在驳斥了所有这些说法为“不合理”之后,三部《甘提帕达》中这样说:“所谓‘来因’就是指处所,因此,由于做了被禁止的‘不应做’之事,在坐下等六种处所中,破坏一个处所。”显示巴利原文
Ettha keci vadanti ‘‘āgatakāraṇaṃ nāma cīvaraggahaṇaṃ, taṃ bhañjatīti vuttattā puna taṃ cīvaraṃ yena kenaci ākārena gahetuṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Keci pana ‘‘āgatakāraṇaṃ nāma kāyavācāhi codanā, taṃ bhañjatīti vuttattā puna taṃ yena kenaci ākārena codetuṃ na labhati. Sace sayameva deti, mūlasāmiko vā dāpeti, gahetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Apare pana ‘‘āgatakāraṇaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ, taṃ bhañjatīti vuttattā yathā ‘attho me, āvuso, cīvarenā’ti ekāya codanāya dve ṭhānāni bhañjati, evamidhāpi sace āsane nisīdati, ekāya nisajjāya dve ṭhānāni bhañjati. Āmisaṃ ce paṭiggaṇhāti, ekena paṭiggahaṇena dve ṭhānāni bhañjati. Dhammaṃ ce bhāsati, dhammadesanāsikkhāpade vuttaparicchedāya ekāya vācāya dve ṭhānāni bhañjatī’’ti vadanti. Imesaṃ pana sabbesampi vādaṃ ‘‘ayutta’’nti paṭikkhipitvā tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘āgatakāraṇaṃ nāma ṭhānameva, tasmā ‘na kattabba’nti vāritassa katattā nisajjādīsu katesu chasu ṭhānesu ekaṃ ṭhānaṃ bhañjatī’’ti.
“在各处站立”这是指从举罪者所站之处离开,针对各处而说的处所。“应亲自去,或应派遣使者”这是说,即使不想催促,依本性也应这样做。张口自己成为净人者,称为“张口净人”。关于“由于不想审查”,在这个观点中,“我们没有净人”这句话是以“做那样的事的净人不存在”这样的意图而说的。显示巴利原文
Tatratatra ṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti idaṃ codakassa ṭhitaṭṭhānato apakkamma tatra tatra uddissa ṭhānaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. ‘‘Sāmaṃ vā gantabbaṃ, dūto vā pāhetabbo’’ti idaṃ sabhāvato codetuṃ anicchantenapi kātabbamevāti vadanti. Mukhaṃ vivaritvā sayameva kappiyakārakattaṃ upagatoti mukhavevaṭikakappiyakārako. Avicāretukāmatāyāti imasmiṃ pakkhe ‘‘natthamhākaṃ kappiyakārako’’ti idaṃ ‘‘tādisaṃ karonto kappiyakārako natthī’’ti iminā adhippāyena vuttaṃ.
在说了“应依门达迦学处中所说的方法而行”之后,现在为了显示该学处,便说“已说”等语。其实,正是这段“诸比丘,有具信、净信之人”等语,由于在《药犍度》的门达迦事(《大品》299)中被说,故称为“门达迦学处”。而在其中,有一位富商名为门达迦——显示巴利原文
‘‘Meṇḍakasikkhāpade vuttanayena paṭipajjitabba’’nti vatvā idāni taṃ meṇḍakasikkhāpadaṃ dassento ‘‘vuttañheta’’ntiādimāha. Idameva hi ‘‘santi, bhikkhave, saddhā pasannā’’tiādivacanaṃ bhesajjakkhandhake meṇḍakavatthusmiṃ (mahāva. 299) vuttattā ‘‘meṇḍakasikkhāpada’’nti vuttaṃ. Tattha hi meṇḍakena nāma seṭṭhinā –
“尊者,有些荒野道路缺少水、缺少食物,没有路粮便难以行走。善哉!尊者,愿世尊允许比丘们的路粮。”——显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi , bhante, maggā kantārā appodakā appabhakkhā, na sukarā apātheyyena gantuṃ, sādhu, bhante, bhagavā bhikkhūnaṃ pātheyyaṃ anujānātū’’ti –
应请求,世尊——显示巴利原文
Yācitena bhagavatā –
诸比丘,我允许你们寻觅路粮。需要米者取米,需要绿豆者取绿豆,需要乌豆者取乌豆,需要盐者取盐,需要糖者取糖,需要油者取油,需要酥油者取酥油。显示巴利原文
‘‘Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, pātheyyaṃ pariyesituṃ. Taṇḍulo taṇḍulatthikena, muggo muggatthikena, māso māsatthikena, loṇaṃ loṇatthikena, guḷo guḷatthikena, telaṃ telatthikena, sappi sappitthikenā’’ti –
说此语后——显示巴利原文
Vatvā idaṃ vuttaṃ –
诸比丘,有些具足信心、内心净信的人,会将金钱放在净人们的手中,说:‘请用这个为圣者提供如法之物。’诸比丘,我允许接受由此而来的如法之物。然而,诸比丘,我不说在任何情况下可以接受或寻求金银。显示巴利原文
‘‘Santi, bhikkhave, manussā saddhā pasannā, te kappiyakārakānaṃ hatthe hiraññaṃ upanikkhipanti ‘iminā ayyassa yaṃ kappiyaṃ, taṃ dethā’ti. Anujānāmi, bhikkhave, yaṃ tato kappiyaṃ, taṃ sādituṃ, na tvevāhaṃ bhikkhave kenaci pariyāyena jātarūparajataṃ sāditabbaṃ pariyesitabbanti vadāmī’’ti.
关于“放置金钱”,此处也应当理解为有告知比丘。否则,若成为未指定的净人,则不应遭到催促。如果针对根本而催促,那就有可能成了接受根本,因此说到“不染着根本者”。显示巴利原文
Hiraññaṃupanikkhipantīti etthāpi bhikkhussa ārocanaṃ atthiyevāti gahetabbaṃ. Aññathā aniddiṭṭhakappiyakārakattaṃ bhajatīti na codetabbo siyā. Yadi mūlaṃ sandhāya codeti, taṃ sāditameva siyāti āha ‘‘mūlaṃ asādiyantenā’’ti.
“应如对非亲里、未邀请者那般而行”一语,是为了表明不应自己制造催促的处所。有说者言:“派遣其他净人,随顺世间惯例询问后,也可以令人取来如法物品,因为那是为了自己而存放的、属于自己的东西。”然而,注释书中明确说道:“应如对非亲里、未邀请者那样而行。如果他们自己拿着衣来给,可以接受;若不如此,则什么也不应说。”因此,依我们的见解,不应接受。因为对于非亲里、未邀请者,自己不告知而让其他人去告知,是不被允许的;而且在可以派遣他人去取来的地方,自己去了也不能叫人取来,这道理是成立的。若在此处可以令他人取来,那么“应如对非亲里、未邀请者那般而行”等语本身便无意义。“由使者”一句,显示了“自己取来后也”的例外。“在给予时”与此关联。而“为了钵食等目的”则显示了“衣资”的例外。既然说了“这是同样的方法”,那么即使是为了钵食等目的而给予时,处所、催促等一切,都应依前面所说的方法而行。显示巴利原文
‘‘Aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbanti idaṃ attanā codanāṭhānañca na kātabbanti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Aññaṃ pana kappiyakārakaṃ pesetvā lokacārittavasena anuyuñjitvāpi kappiyavatthuṃ āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati attānaṃ uddissa nikkhittassa attano santakattā’’ti keci vadanti, taṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Sace sayameva cīvaraṃ ānetvā denti, gahetabbaṃ. No ce, kiñci na vattabbā’’ti daḷhaṃ katvā vuttattā na gahetabbanti amhākaṃ khanti. Na hi aññātakaappavāritaṃ sayaṃ aviññāpetvā aññena viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭati, na ca yattha aññaṃ pesetvā āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati, tattha sayaṃ gantvā na āharāpetabbanti sakkā vatthuṃ. Yadi cettha aññena āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati, ‘‘aññātakaappavāritesu viya paṭipajjitabba’’ntiādivacanameva niratthakaṃ siyā. ‘‘Dūtenā’’ti imassa byabhicāraṃ dasseti ‘‘sayaṃ āharitvāpī’’ti. Dadantesūti iminā sambandho . Piṇḍapātādīnaṃ atthāyāti iminā pana ‘‘cīvaracetāpanna’’nti imassa byabhicāraṃ dasseti. ‘‘Eseva nayo’’ti vuttattā piṇḍapātādīnaṃ atthāya dinnepi ṭhānacodanādi sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva kātabbaṃ.
“在接受时和使用时都有罪”,是说接受时犯波逸提,使用时犯恶作。“他自己是有罪者”,是就恶作罪而言。这也应仅依注释书而受持。也有说者言:“为了显示他人的无罪性质,所以说‘他自己是有罪者、有过失者’。”但是,三部《甘提帕达》中说:“因为说了‘催促’,所以作了‘以罪而催促’后,‘他自己是有罪者’这句,正应理解为指恶作。”在接受和使用时都有罪,也是指恶作而说。由于池塘也被归入田地,所以接受它时也说有罪。若说“让僧团受用四种资具”而施与时,在此,如果说“让比丘僧团受用四种资具,我施池塘”,或者“为四种资具的受用目的,我施池塘”,这是可以的。但若说了“我施由此池塘产生的四种资具”,那就无可言说了。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpattīti paṭiggahaṇe pācittiyaṃ, paribhoge dukkaṭaṃ. Sveva sāpattikoti dukkaṭāpattiṃ sandhāya vadati. Idañca aṭṭhakathāpamāṇeneva gahetabbaṃ. ‘‘Parassa niddosabhāvadassanatthaṃ sveva sāpattiko sadosoti vuttaṃ hotī’’tipi vadanti. ‘‘Codetīti vuttattā pana āpattiyā codetīti katvā sveva sāpattikoti idaṃ dukkaṭaṃyeva sandhāya vattuṃ yutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Paṭiggahaṇepi paribhogepi āpattiyevāti dukkaṭameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Taḷākassapi khettasaṅgahitattā tassa paṭiggahaṇepi āpatti vuttā. Cattāro paccaye saṅgho paribhuñjatūti detīti ettha ‘‘bhikkhusaṅgho cattāro paccaye paribhuñcatu, taḷākaṃ dammī’’ti vā ‘‘catupaccayaparibhogatthaṃ taḷākaṃ dammī’’ti vā vadati, vaṭṭatiyeva. ‘‘Ito taḷākato uppanne cattāro paccaye dammī’’ti vutte pana vattabbameva natthi.
“请为我们设立一位净人”——此语正是针对此义而说。然而,当以如法的方式接受田地、池塘等时,即使未明言,也可以设立净人。比丘不可毁坏他人财产,故说“非在作物生长时节”。他们解释道:“‘地区的主人’,即指:纵有人管理该地区,由他夺取后施与的,也是如法的。”“运水者”指水渠。“在如法用语中”此处隐含“我将说明方法”之句。“以水为缘”意为为了使用水。“清净心”意指纯粹为了使用水的清净动机。若是由无惭者令人操作,则不成施设,故说“由有惭比丘”。所谓“通常份额”,在此国中约为四阿摩那。未垦之地,名为新作物。“未划分份额”,是指未作如下划分:“于此土地范围内,应给予如此份额。”显示巴利原文
Amhākaṃ ekaṃ kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapethāti vutteti idaṃ īdisaṃyeva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Kappiyakkamena sampaṭicchitesu khettataḷākādīsu pana avuttepi kappiyakārakaṃ ṭhapetuṃ labbhatiyeva. Yasmā parasantakaṃ nāsetuṃ bhikkhūnaṃ na vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘‘na sassakāle’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Janapadassa sāmikoti imināva yo taṃ janapadaṃ vicāreti, tenapi acchinditvā dinnaṃ vaṭṭatiyevā’’ti vadanti. Udakavāhakanti udakamātikaṃ. Kappiyavohārepīti ettha ‘‘vidhānaṃ vakkhāmā’’ti pāṭhaseso. Udakavasenāti udakaparibhogatthaṃ. Suddhacittānanti kevalaṃ udakaparibhogatthamevāti adhippāyo. Alajjinā kārāpite vattabbameva natthīti āha ‘‘lajjībhikkhunā’’ti. Pakatibhāgo nāma imasmiṃ raṭṭhe catuambaṇamattaṃ. Akaṭṭhapubbaṃ navasassaṃ nāma. Aparicchinnabhāgeti ‘‘ettake bhūmibhāge ettako bhāgo dātabbo’’ti evaṃ aparicchinnabhāge.
关于“以绳或杖”一句,他们指出:“亦不可用脚量。”关于“站在打谷场上守护”,是指见到偷取者而阻止说“不要取”,即名为守护。若不加干涉,只是默然站立注视以作守护,则是可以的。纵在他默然时,若被盗贼偷走,据他们言可如是说:“我们会向比丘僧团报告。”关于“令取出、令收藏”,他们言:“若以间接方式说,则为允许。”因这样的事未曾有、未曾生起,故对他人是可以的,因此说“那唯独对他是不如法的”。显示巴利原文
Rajjuyā vā daṇḍena vāti ettha ‘‘pādehipi minituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Khale vā ṭhatvā rakkhatīti ettha pana thenetvā gaṇhante disvā ‘‘mā gaṇhathā’’ti nivārento rakkhati nāma. Sace pana avicāretvā kevalaṃ tuṇhībhūtova rakkhaṇatthāya olokento tiṭṭhati, vaṭṭati. Sacepi tasmiṃ tuṇhībhūte corikāya haranti, ‘‘mayaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa ārocessāmā’’ti evaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭatīti vadanti. Nīharāpeti paṭisāmetīti etthāpi ‘‘sace pariyāyena vadati, vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Apubbassa anuppāditattā aññesaṃ vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘tasseva taṃ akappiya’’nti.
难道不是仅由不如法行为而唯独对他不如法,而非对所有人,正如金钱交易中的第四钵那样吗?如《律藏义注》(2.589)中所述:“若有人未接受金钱,与受派遣的净人一同前往金匠家,说‘为长老买钵后给我’,见钵后,说‘取这些钱币,给我此钵’,令付钱币后取得,此钵唯独对该比丘不如法,因为不如法行为;但对他人则如法,因为未接受本金。”因此,由他们所带来的物品,对所有人都不如法。何以故?因为钱币已被使用。为何如此?对此,有师认为:“这是针对接受钱币后再行使用而说。”他们的意思是:因为属于僧团,故无法舍弃,所以对所有人都不如法。另有师则认为:“即使未曾接受,既然钱币已被使用,便构成了金钱交易;且因属于僧团,无法舍弃,所以对所有人也不如法。”三本《结文》中皆作此言:“第四钵因是在家人的钱币被使用,故对他人如法;此处则因僧团的钱币被使用,故对所有人都不如法。”凡此诸说,依不同角度,悉皆合理。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca dubbicāritamattena tasseva taṃ akappiyaṃ, na sabbesaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāre catutthapatto viya. Vuttañhi tattha (pārā. aṭṭha. 2.589) ‘‘yo pana rūpiyaṃ asampaṭicchitvā ‘therassa pattaṃ kiṇitvā dehī’ti pahitakappiyakārakena saddhiṃ kammārakulaṃ gantvā pattaṃ disvā ‘ime kahāpaṇe gahetvā imaṃ dehī’ti kahāpaṇe dāpetvā gahito, ayaṃ patto etasseva bhikkhuno na vaṭṭati dubbicāritattā, aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭati mūlassa asampaṭicchitattā’’ti. Tasmā yaṃ te āharanti, sabbesaṃ akappiyaṃ. Kasmā? Kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattāti idaṃ kasmā vuttanti? Ettha keci vadanti ‘‘kahāpaṇe sādiyitvā vicāritaṃ sandhāya evaṃ vutta’’nti. Saṅghikattā ca nissajjituṃ na sakkā, tasmā sabbesaṃ na kappatīti tesaṃ adhippāyo. Keci pana ‘‘asādiyitvāpi kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā rūpiyasaṃvohāro kato hoti, saṅghikattā ca nissajjituṃ na sakkā, tasmā sabbesaṃ na kappatī’’ti vadanti. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana tīsupi idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘catutthapatto gihisantakānaṃyeva kahāpaṇānaṃ vicāritattā aññesaṃ kappati, idha pana saṅghikānaṃ vicāritattā sabbesaṃ na kappatī’’ti. Sabbesampi vādo tena tena pariyāyena yujjatiyeva.
“四堂门”是就食堂而言的。“以间接方式说”,是指不说“取”,而以间接的方式说“已至界内”。为了平整地面,所以说“下方所取之土”等。关于“我施奴隶”,他们说:“如果表述为‘我施人’,则是如法的。”关于鸡猪……乃至……如法的情形,当布施鸡猪时,可以这样说:“我们不需要这些,愿它们安乐生活,放归林中。”依据“离受取田地等”等语,对于田地等的受取,作了这一切的判定。净人由比丘所指示的状态、由使者交付、进一步的策励、由该策励而获得,这是此处的四个条件。显示巴利原文
Catusāladvāreti bhojanasālaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Pariyāyena kathitattāti ‘‘gaṇhā’’ti avatvā ‘‘sīmā gatā’’ti pariyāyena kathitattā. Pakatibhūmikaraṇatthaṃ ‘‘heṭṭhā gahitaṃ paṃsu’’ntiādi vuttaṃ. Dāsaṃ dammīti ettha ‘‘manussaṃ dammīti vutte vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Kukkuṭasūkarā…pe… vaṭṭatīti ettha kukkuṭasūkaresu dīyamānesu ‘‘imehi amhākaṃ attho natthi, sukhaṃ jīvantu, araññe vissajjethā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hotī’’tiādivacanato (dī. ni. 1.10, 194) khettādīnaṃ paṭiggahaṇe ayaṃ sabbo vinicchayo vutto. Kappiyakārakassa bhikkhunā niddiṭṭhabhāvo, dūtena appitatā, tatuttari vāyāmo, tena vāyāmena paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
第二·拘尸耶品显示巴利原文
2. Kosiyavaggo
一、拘尸耶学处解释显示巴利原文
1. Kosiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
542 542. 在巴利文中,关于“kosiyakārake”:造茧者称为kosakārakā(造茧者),从茧中产生的称为kosiya(蚕丝),制作蚕丝的人称为kosiyakārakā(蚕丝制造者),也就是织工。Saṃhananaṃ意为集合、聚合,即毁坏的意思。Kosiyamissakaṃ意为与蚕丝线混合。由于说“未织”,若织造后再作,则无犯。无犯:为帐篷等……乃至……以这样的方式制作及受用,也说无犯。显示巴利原文
542. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘kosiyakārake’’ti ettha kosaṃ karontīti kosakārakāti laddhavohārānaṃ pāṇakānaṃ kosato nibbattaṃ kosiyaṃ, taṃ karontīti kosiyakārakā, tantavāyā. Saṃhananaṃ saṅghāto, vināsoti attho. Kosiyamissakanti kosiyatantunā missaṃ. ‘‘Avāyima’’nti vuttattā vāyitvā ce karonti, anāpatti. Anāpatti vitānaṃ vātiādinā vitānādīnaṃ atthāya karaṇepi tenākārena paribhogepi anāpatti vuttā.
“即使如此混合后所作成的”由此显示:即使因风吹来而落下,由于是“无心”的,也仍属犯戒。与蚕丝混合、为自己作或令作敷具、获得,这是此处的三个条件。显示巴利原文
Evampi missetvā katameva hotīti iminā vātena āharitvā pātitepi acittakattā āpattiyevāti dasseti. Kosiyamissakatā, attano atthāya santhatassa karaṇaṃ kārāpanaṃ, paṭilābho cāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
547 547. 纯黑学处,其义明了。显示巴利原文
547. Suddhakāḷakasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
三、二分学处解释显示巴利原文
3. Dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
552 在二份学处中,“二份”是最高界限,因为此学处是为了禁止过量取用黑羊毛而制定的。第三份为白羊毛,第四份为杂色羊毛,这是最低界限,因为并不禁止过量取用这些羊毛。因此,黑羊毛超过两份是不允许的,而其余羊毛则可以超过所述分量。有人说:“由于仅禁止了过量取用黑羊毛,即使取用一半黑羊毛、一半白羊毛或杂色羊毛来制作,也是允许的。”这与“若取用较多白羊毛、较多杂色羊毛来制作,或纯取白羊毛、纯取杂色羊毛来制作,则无犯”的说法相符。又有人说:“除了黑羊毛和白羊毛之外,其余的都归入杂色羊毛一类。”关于“黑羊毛占两份”这句话,《根本戒经注释书》说:“即使一根黑羊毛过量,也犯舍堕。”这与“应持取两秤来称量”的说法在称量上并不一致。因为称量时并非数着毛来称,如果数着毛来持取,那又何必称量呢?因此,此处的意趣应如此理解才合理:由于此学处是“无心”的,若在先前称量后放置的羊毛中,哪怕有一根毛落进去,也犯舍堕。否则,由于难以辨别,就不应取两秤,而只应取较轻的那一秤。显示巴利原文
552. Dvebhāgasikkhāpade pana dve bhāgāti ukkaṭṭhaparicchedo kāḷakānaṃ adhikaggahaṇassa paṭikkhepavasena sikkhāpadassa paññattattā. Tatiyaṃ odātānaṃ catutthaṃ gocariyānanti ayaṃ heṭṭhimaparicchedo tesaṃ adhikaggahaṇe paṭikkhepābhāvato, tasmā kāḷakānaṃ bhāgadvayato adhikaṃ na vaṭṭati, sesānaṃ pana vuttappamāṇato adhikampi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kāḷakānaṃyeva ca adhikaggahaṇassa paṭikkhittattā kāḷakānaṃ upaḍḍhaṃ odātānaṃ vā gocariyānaṃ vā upaḍḍhaṃ gahetvāpi kātuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, ‘‘anāpatti bahutaraṃ odātānaṃ bahutaraṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karoti, suddhaṃ odātānaṃ suddhaṃ gocariyānaṃ ādiyitvā karotī’’ti iminā taṃ sameti. ‘‘Kāḷake odāte ca ṭhapetvā sesā gocariyesuyeva saṅgahaṃ gacchantī’’ti vadanti. Dvekoṭṭhāsā kāḷakānanti ettha pana ‘‘ekassapi kāḷakalomassa atirekabhāve nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. dvebhāgasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ttaṃ, taṃ ‘‘dhārayitvā dve tulā ādātabbā’’ti vacanato tulādhāraṇāya na sameti . Na hi lome gaṇetvā tulādhāraṇā karīyati, atha gaṇetvāva dhārayitabbaṃ siyā, kiṃ tulādhāraṇāya, tasmā evamettha adhippāyo yutto siyā – acittakattā sikkhāpadassa pubbe tulāya dhārayitvā ṭhapitesu ekampi lomaṃ tattha pateyya, nissaggiyanti. Aññathā dubbiññeyyabhāvato dve tulā nādātabbā, ūnakatarāva ādātabbā siyuṃ.
4. 六年学处的解释显示巴利原文
4. Chabbassasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
557 在六年学处中,当依经文的语句关联作如是解:“那些未作敷具的,孩童们会受寒受热;那些已作敷具的,却又遭鼠咬。”说到“hadati”为排便、“mīhati”为小便,正是为了说明此义,才说“他们大便、小便”。若于自恣日、布萨日或月朔日制作了敷具,第六年圆满时,又在自恣日、布萨日、月朔日再次制作,这便称为“六年内制作”。若从第二天才开始制作,则称为“超过六年而作”。显示巴利原文
557. Chabbassasikkhāpade pana ‘‘yesaṃ no santhate dārakā uhadantipi ummihantipi, yesaṃ no santhatā undūrehipi khajjantī’’ti evaṃ pāḷipadānaṃ sambandho veditabbo. Hada karīsossagge, miha secaneti panimassatthaṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘vaccampi passāvampi karontī’’ti. Pavāraṇāuposathapāṭipadadivasesu santhataṃ karitvā puna chaṭṭhe vasse paripuṇṇe pavāraṇāuposathapāṭipadadivasesu karonto ‘‘chabbassāni karotī’’ti vuccati. Dutiyadivasato paṭṭhāya karonto pana atirekachabbassāni karoti nāma.
5. 坐具学处的解释显示巴利原文
5. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
565-6 在坐具敷具学处中,“将会显现”的意思是:若彼约定为可意,则僧团将因可意性而显露;若为不可意,便将因不可意性而显露,此是其意趣所在。阿兰若支等三支,在经文中是作为增上支而说,其余诸支也应知其已同时受持。因此才说“于敷具上,作有第四衣想”。“舍弃”,即放下、丢弃之意。显示巴利原文
565-6. Nisīdanasanthatasikkhāpade pana paññāyissatīti sace sā katikā manāpā bhavissati, manāpatāya bhikkhusaṅgho sandississati. Sace amanāpā, amanāpatāya sandississatīti adhippāyo, āraññakaṅgādīni tīṇi pāḷiyaṃ padhānaṅgavasena vuttāni, sesānipi te samādiyiṃsuyevāti veditabbaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāyā’’ti. Ujjhitvāti vissajjetvā.
567 坐具敷具既无穿著、披覆之用,故说“仅一次坐下及躺卧”。“一搩手量”,是指依善逝之搩手,此为显示最低之限量而说。三部注疏集成中均言:“由于宣说为作天盖等目的而制时无犯,若为躺卧而作,则有罪过。”因其为不如法,故言“不应使用”。又有人言,此处所说坐具敷具即是坐具衣,别无他物。坐具学处中,坐具被称为“有边者”,注释书释云:“如敷具般铺开已,于一边留出善逝搩手之一搩手量,于两处割截,作三边,由此诸边而称‘有边者’。”依于此说及“于敷具上作有第四衣想”之语含,此处理解亦属合理。然而另有一类人说:“坐具敷具是将羊毛铺开如敷具状,无纬线,不可作决意;而坐具衣则是依六衣之一而制成,可作决意,制作时将布片铺展如敷具状。”对此应善加审察,取较为合理之说。显示巴利原文
567. Nisīdanasanthatattā nivāsanapārupanakiccaṃ natthīti āha ‘‘sakiṃ nisinnañceva nipannañcā’’ti . Vidatthimattanti sugatavidatthiṃ sandhāya vadati. Idañca heṭṭhimaparicchedadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Vitānādīnaṃyeva atthāya karaṇe anāpattivacanato sace nipajjanatthāya karonti, āpattiyevā’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Akappiyattā pana ‘‘paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Idañca nisīdanasanthataṃ nāma nisīdanacīvarameva, nāññanti vadanti. Nisīdanasikkhāpadepi nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatīti ca aṭṭhakathāyañcassa ‘‘santhatasadisaṃ santharitvā ekasmiṃ ante sugatavidatthiyā vidatthimatte padese dvīsu ṭhānesu phāletvā tisso dasā karīyanti, tāhi dasāhi sadasaṃ nāma vuccatī’’ti (pāci. aṭṭha. 531) vacanato idhāpi ‘‘nisīdanaṃ nāma sadasaṃ vuccatī’’ti ca ‘‘santhate catutthacīvarasaññitāyā’’ti ca vacanato taṃ yuttaṃ viya dissati. Keci pana ‘‘nisīdanasanthataṃ eḷakalomāni santharitvā santhataṃ viya karonti, taṃ avāyimaṃ anadhiṭṭhānupagaṃ, nisīdanacīvaraṃ pana channaṃ cīvarānaṃ aññatarena karoti adhiṭṭhānupagaṃ, taṃ karontā ca nantakāni santharitvā santhatasadisaṃ karontī’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ.
6. 羊毛学处的解释显示巴利原文
6. Eḷakalomasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
571 关于羊毛学处,其中一作“āsumbhī”的词,有人读为“asumbhī”。“疲倦的”一词,是借此显示他们因疲倦而弯腰后,不能使其掉落。“对于已踏上旅途者”这一句,在经文中仅为说明事例而说。实际上,无论在何处,只要如法获得,都可以取用。“以三由旬为限”,应理解为从取羊毛之处起,三由旬的范围,这是应取的含义。显示巴利原文
571. Eḷalomasikkhāpade pana āsumbhīti ettha ‘‘asumbhī’’ti paṭhanti. Kilantāti iminā kilantatāya te onamitvā pātetuṃ na sakkontīti dasseti. Addhānamaggappaṭipannassāti idaṃ vatthumattadīpanavasena pāḷiyaṃ vuttaṃ. Yattha katthaci pana dhammena labhitvā gaṇhituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Tiyojanaparamanti ca gahitaṭṭhānato tiyojanappamāṇaṃ desanti evamattho gahetabbo.
572 “Sahatthā”是具格用作从格,故说“以亲手”。“在没有携带者时”一语,是经文中为显示比丘的适当做法而说,并非为了显示在有携带者时,亲手于三由旬内运送者犯戒。“三由旬外”即外三由旬,所以说“使其掉落到三由旬外”。即使由他人运送,也犯,因为有共同参与,且是在未加命令的情况下被运送。即使有共同参与,若是依命令而运送,则依“令他人运送”之文而无犯。由于没有“他人将运送”的意图,所以说“以净心放置”。有共同参与,是指超过三由旬时有共同参与。这是针对以不清净心、意谓“他人将运送”而放置的情况而说;而“是无心的”则是针对以净心放置的情况而说。“无犯”与经文不符,是指与“运送三由旬”等经文,特别是与“令他人运送”的经文不符。显示巴利原文
572.Sahatthāti karaṇatthe nissakkavacananti āha ‘‘sahatthenā’’ti. Asante hāraketi pāḷiyaṃ bhikkhuno anurūpatādassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana hārake vijjamāne tiyojanabbhantare sahatthā harantassa āpattidassanatthaṃ. Tiyojanato bahi bahitiyojananti āha ‘‘tiyojanato bahi pātetī’’ti. Tena haritepi āpattiyevāti saussāhattā anāṇattiyā haṭattā ca. Satipi hi saussāhabhāve āṇattiyā ce harati, anāpatti ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti vacanato. Añño harissatīti adhippāyābhāvato ‘‘suddhacittena ṭhapita’’nti vuttaṃ. Saussāhattāti tiyojanātikkamane saussāhattā. Idañca ‘‘añño harissatī’’ti asuddhacittena ṭhapitaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, acittakattāti idaṃ pana suddhacittena ṭhapitaṃ sandhāya. Anāpatti pāḷiyā na sametīti ‘‘tiyojanaṃ haratī’’tiādipāḷiyā, visesato ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetī’’ti pāḷiyā ca na sameti.
若通知物主后放置,则称为“以命令方式使他人取走”,因此说“在物主不知情的情况下”。“即使不来”,是指在已中断行程而停住的车辆中。“往下走”是指在地面行走。“令他人取走其他物品”一句,以“其他”一词,从通称上也包含了畜生,故说:“因说‘令他人取走其他物品’而无犯”。在关税处有犯,是指令他人取走其他物品时犯。而此处无犯,是因为心不在于偷盗,故无犯。显示巴利原文
Sace sāmikaṃ jānāpetvā ṭhapeti, āṇattiyā harāpeti nāmāti āha ‘‘sāmikassa ajānantassevā’’ti. Agacchantepīti gamanaṃ upacchinditvā ṭhitayānepi. Heṭṭhā vā gacchantoti bhūmiyaṃ gacchanto. Aññaṃ harāpetīti ettha añña-ggahaṇena sāmaññato tiracchānagatāpi saṅgahitāti āha – ‘‘aññaṃ harāpetīti vacanato anāpattī’’ti. Suṅkaghāte āpatti hotīti aññaṃ harāpentassa āpatti. Tattha anāpattīti aññavihitassa theyyacittābhāvato anāpatti.
575 “带走它”是指再次带走三由旬,此说见于《大结》。然而在《母论注释》的支分中,此说与“初次获得”不相符。因为“初次获得”一语显示,第二次获得并非犯戒的支分。因此,由于巴利圣典与注释中并无特别说明,我们的看法是:获得被截断之物后,即使再超过三由旬带走,亦说为无犯。否则,应说“获得被截断之物后,再次带走三由旬”。应细加审察,采取较合理之说。“无犯——已作之物品”:此处有人说:“毛毯、毯子等也计为已作之物品。而天然衣料上附着的长毛,则能生犯。”为防摩擦,将其放入薄布袋中。“放入”指放入耳孔。“名为藏口”,以此显示不计入已作之物品之数。羊毛为未作之物品、初次获得、自己携带或放入不知情者之车乘而超过三由旬、往返携带、以住处为目的——这是此处的五支分。显示巴利原文
575.‘‘Taṃ harantassāti puna tiyojanaṃ harantassā’’ti mahāgaṇṭhipade vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ aṅgesu ‘‘paṭhamappaṭilābho sati iminā vacanena na sameti. ‘‘Paṭhamappaṭilābho’’ti hi idaṃ dutiyappaṭilābho āpattiyā aṅgaṃ na hotīti dīpeti, tasmā pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca visesābhāvato acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvā harantassa puna tiyojanātikkamepi anāpatti vuttāti amhākaṃ khanti. Aññathā acchinnaṃ paṭilabhitvā puna tiyojanaṃ haratīti vadeyya. Vīmaṃsitvā yuttataraṃ gahetabbaṃ. Anāpatti katabhaṇḍanti ettha ‘‘kambalakojavādikatabhaṇḍampi. Pakaticīvare laggalomāni āpattiṃ janentiyevā’’ti vadanti. Tanukapattatthavikantare aghaṭṭanatthaṃ pakkhipanti. Pakkhittanti kaṇṇacchidde pakkhittaṃ. Nidhānamukhaṃ nāmāti iminā katabhaṇḍasaṅkhyaṃ na gacchatīti dasseti. Eḷakalomānaṃ akatabhaṇḍatā, paṭhamappaṭilābho, attanā ādāya vā aññassa ajānantassa yāne pakkhipitvā vā tiyojanātikkamanaṃ, āharaṇapaccāharaṇaṃ, avāsādhippāyatāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni.
576 洗羊毛学处,其义自明。显示巴利原文
576. Eḷakalomadhovāpanasikkhāpadaṃ uttānatthameva.
八、金银学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Rūpiyasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
583-584 在金银学处中,“与导师同色”指与导师相同的颜色。导师的颜色即是“导师色”,具有如同导师色之色者,称为“导师色”,应视为省略中间词的复合词。“自然的”指现今通用的自然迦哈波那币。“由树果种子所成”指以酸豆等树的果种子所造。“凡此一切”指如前所述、分为四种的一切,皆为舍堕物——如此连结。“生色摩娑迦”指金迦哈波那币。显示巴利原文
583-584. Rūpiyasikkhāpade pana satthuvaṇṇoti satthunā samānavaṇṇo. Satthuno vaṇṇo satthuvaṇṇo, satthuvaṇṇo viya vaṇṇo assāti satthuvaṇṇoti majjhapadalopīsamāso daṭṭhabbo. Pākatiko nāma etarahi pakatikahāpaṇo. Rukkhaphalabījamayoti tintiṇikādirukkhānaṃ phalabījena kato. Iccetaṃ sabbampīti yathāvuttabhedaṃ sabbampi catubbidhaṃ nissaggiyavatthu hotīti sambandho. Jātarūpamāsakoti suvaṇṇakahāpaṇo.
“若取”,是指为了自己而取用正在被给予之物,或见某处放置的无主物而自行取用。“此物应属尊者”——如此当面言说,或“在某处有我的金银,那归你所有”——如此背后言说,对于仅以言语或手印说“归你”而舍弃之物,若不以身语表示拒绝、心中接受,即称为“寄存式接受”。其中“接受”即是阐明前述“欲取”之义。“应告知‘此为守护处’”,这是就受用资具时应作告知而言。若说“放在此处”,则依“或令取”所示之相,即构成舍堕,故说不应说“放在此处”。后文“不应说‘取此’”,此处亦同此理。“依止于如法及不如法而住”:由依止而产生的资具受用若是如法,便依止于如法而住;然而,由于难以护持,由彼产生的资具受用又是不如法,故应知其亦依止于不如法而住。显示巴利原文
Gaṇheyyāti attano atthāya dīyamānaṃ vā katthaci ṭhitaṃ vā nippariggahaṃ disvā sayaṃ gaṇheyya. ‘‘Idaṃ ayyassa hotū’’ti evaṃ sammukhā vā ‘‘asukasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne mama hiraññasuvaṇṇaṃ atthi, taṃ tuyhaṃ hotū’’ti evaṃ parammukhā ṭhitaṃ vā kevalaṃ vācāya vā hatthamuddāya vā ‘‘tuyha’’nti vatvā pariccattassa kāyavācāhi appaṭikkhipitvā cittena sādiyanaṃ upanikkhittasādiyanaṃ nāma. ‘‘Sādiyatī’’ti vuttamevatthaṃ vibhāveti ‘‘gaṇhitukāmo hotī’’ti. ‘‘Idaṃ guttaṭṭhāna’’nti ācikkhitabbanti paccayaparibhogaṃyeva sandhāya ācikkhitabbaṃ. ‘‘Idha nikkhipāhī’’ti vutte ‘‘uggaṇhāpeyya vā’’ti vuttalakkhaṇena nissaggiyaṃ hotīti āha – ‘‘idha nikkhipāhīti na vattabba’’nti. Parato ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhā’’ti na vattabbanti etthāpi eseva nayo. Kappiyañca akappiyañca nissāya ṭhitameva hotīti yasmā tato uppannapaccayaparibhogo kappati, tasmā kappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitaṃ. Yasmā pana dubbicāraṇāya tato uppannapaccayaparibhogopi na kappati, tasmā akappiyaṃ nissāya ṭhitanti veditabbaṃ.
“不以彼物换取任何如法物品”——在此,若已作换取,便无受用之道,故如此说。因为,若收取了不如法的舍堕物,在未舍弃该物的情况下换取的如法物品,即使已舍予僧团,对所有人也不如法。然而有人说:“因为收取舍堕物后换取的如法物品,若说‘我舍予僧团’而舍出,则无需方便即可受用,故说‘不以彼物换取任何如法物品’。”“给净人的或分份的”,这是就“即便在俗人手中,也仍是那一份”而说。然而在《中结》与《小结》中说:“若净人以此换取他物而给予,则可受用。”“从此取来”,指从他人的分份中取来。“遍业处预备”,指光明遍的预备业处。关于“床椅等”——此处有人说:“若将从此取来的床椅等换取他物而取,则可。”“阴影亦”,指食堂等处的阴影亦。“超出界限”,指超出房屋界限,意谓阴影所到之处不名为房屋。“由路亦”——此处有人说:“若无他路,决意此路而行,则可。”“以彼物所买”,指以彼物所买。“除去寄存,僧团受用资具”——若优婆塞说:“此金银太多,尊者,今日不便毁坏”,而自行寄存,或令他人寄存;除去此种寄存,僧团可从此所得收益而受用资具,即是依彼物所取得。显示巴利原文
Na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpitanti ettha cetāpitaṃ ce, natthi paribhogupāyo, tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Akappiyañhi nissaggiyaṃ vatthuṃ uggaṇhitvā taṃ anissajjitvāva cetāpitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ saṅghassa nissaṭṭhampi sabbesaṃ na kappati. Keci pana ‘‘yasmā nissaggiyaṃ vatthuṃ paṭiggahetvā cetāpitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ saṅghassa nissajjāmīti nissaṭṭhaṃ vināva upāyaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā ‘na tena kiñci kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ cetāpita’nti vutta’’nti vadanti. ‘‘Ārāmikānaṃ vā pattabhāganti idaṃ gihīnaṃ hatthagatopi soyeva bhāgoti katvā vuttaṃ. Sace pana tena aññaṃ parivattetvā ārāmikā denti, paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti majjhimagaṇṭhipade cūḷagaṇṭhipade ca vuttaṃ. Tato haritvāti aññesaṃ pattabhāgato haritvā. Kasiṇaparikammanti ālokakasiṇaparikammaṃ. Mañcapīṭhādīni vāti ettha ‘‘tato gahitamañcapīṭhādīni parivattetvā aññaṃ ce gahitaṃ, vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Chāyāpīti bhojanasālādīnaṃ chāyāpi. Paricchedātikkantāti gehaparicchedaṃ atikkantā, chāyāya gatagataṭṭhānaṃ gehaṃ nāma na hotīti adhippāyo. Maggenapīti ettha ‘‘sace añño maggo natthi, maggaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. Kītāyāti tena vatthunā kītāya. Upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjatīti sace upāsako ‘‘atibahu etaṃ hiraññaṃ, idaṃ, bhante, ajjeva na vināsetabba’’nti vatvā sayaṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapeti, aññena vā ṭhapāpeti, etaṃ upanikkhepaṃ ṭhapetvā tato udayaṃ paribhuñjanto saṅgho paccaye paribhuñjati, tena vatthunā gahitattā ‘‘akappiya’’nti vuttaṃ.
585 “当不忆念失落之处时,应令其落下”,应知这是为了显示无执着的状态。因此,应知在此,如同将粪便丢弃于掉落之处一般,唯有无执着才是此处的标准。“于不实存想”,是就宣说自己所没有的上人法而言。“盗用”是指非阿罗汉的受用。因为世尊在自己的教法中,允许具戒者受用资具,而非破戒者。施主们也只为具戒者而施舍,而非为破戒者,因为他们期望自己的所作能有大果报。如此,由于未被导师允许,也未被施主们施舍,破戒者的受用即是盗用。以负债方式受用,称为负债受用,意思是:由于受者方面没有布施的清净,如同借债而受用一般。因此,“具戒者”等语,是以理由的方式重提已说之义。“于衣的受用中受用”,是指在每次脱下后、每次穿着时的受用。应于食前……乃至……后夜分中观察,这是关联。若不能如此,则应依所说的时间差别,在一天中观察四次、三次、两次或仅一次。显示巴利原文
585.Patitokāsaṃ asamannāharantena pātetabbanti idaṃ nirapekkhabhāvadassanaparanti veditabbaṃ, tasmā patitaṭṭhāne ñātepissa gūthaṃ chaḍḍentassa viya nirapekkhabhāvoyevettha pamāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Asantasambhāvanāyāti attani avijjamānauttarimanussadhammārocanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Theyyaparibhogo nāma anarahassa paribhogo. Bhagavatā hi attano sāsane sīlavato paccayā anuññātā, na dussīlassa. Dāyakānampi sīlavato eva pariccāgo, na dussīlassa attano kārānaṃ mahapphalabhāvassa paccāsīsanato. Iti satthārā ananuññātattā dāyakehi ca apariccattattā dussīlassa paribhogo theyyaparibhogo. Iṇavasena paribhogo iṇaparibhogo, paṭiggāhakato dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyā abhāvato iṇaṃ gahetvā paribhogo viyāti attho. Tasmāti ‘‘sīlavato’’tiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ kāraṇabhāvena paccāmasati. Cīvaraṃ paribhoge paribhogeti kāyato mocetvā mocetvā paribhoge. Purebhatta…pe… pacchimayāmesu paccavekkhitabbanti sambandho. Tathā asakkontena yathāvuttakālavisesavasena ekasmiṃ divase catukkhattuṃ tikkhattuṃ dvikkhattuṃ sakiṃyeva vā paccavekkhitabbaṃ.
若他在未作观察时,黎明已至,他便陷于负债受用的状态。对此,有人说:“如果对过去所受用的物品不作观察——即‘昨天我所受用的衣,只是为了抵御寒冷……乃至……遮蔽羞处;昨天我所受用的食物,并非为了嬉戏……’等——便处于负债受用的状态。”这是应当审察的。“于坐卧处的受用中受用”,是指每次进入时应作观察。若无法如此,则应在食前等时分进行观察。此依前文所述方式即可了知,故此处不再赘述。“念为缘”,即念是缘;受用与使用的观察以念为缘,这道理是合理的,意思是应先观察,然后才接受、才受用。因此说“作念后”等。“即使如此”,是指虽然两处观察都合理,即便如此。另有人说:“‘念为缘’的意思是:在念作为药受用的缘的状态中,以念为缘。‘即使如此’是指缘存在时,以念……”这只是他们自己的见解。实际上,依缘所依的戒是通过观察而清净,并非仅凭缘的存在。显示巴利原文
Sacassaapaccavekkhatova aruṇo uggacchati, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatīti ettha ‘‘hiyyo yaṃ mayā cīvaraṃ paribhuttaṃ, taṃ yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāya…pe… hirikopīnappaṭicchādanatthaṃ, hiyyo yo mayā piṇḍapāto paribhutto, so neva davāyātiādinā sace atītaparibhogapaccavekkhaṇaṃ na kareyya, iṇaparibhogaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhatī’’ti vadanti, vīmaṃsitabbaṃ. Senāsanampi paribhoge paribhogeti pavese pavese. Evaṃ pana asakkontena purebhattādīsu paccavekkhitabbaṃ. Taṃ heṭṭhā vuttanayeneva sakkā viññātunti idha visuṃ na vuttaṃ. Satipaccayatāti satiyā paccayabhāvo, paṭiggahaṇassa paribhogassa ca paccavekkhaṇasatiyā paccayabhāvo yujjati, paccavekkhitvāva paṭiggahetabbaṃ paribhuñjitabbañcāti attho. Tenevāha ‘‘satiṃ katvā’’tiādi. Evaṃ santepīti yadipi dvīsupi ṭhānesu paccavekkhaṇā yuttā, evaṃ santepi. Apare panāhu ‘‘satipaccayatāti satibhesajjaparibhogassa paccayabhāve paccayeti attho. Evaṃ santepīti paccaye satipī’’ti, taṃ tesaṃ matimattaṃ. Tathā hi paccayasannissitasīlaṃ paccavekkhaṇāya visujjhati, na paccayasabbhāvamattena.
难道不是通过“受用者无犯”这句话说明了别解脱律仪戒吗?那么,依缘所依戒与别解脱律仪戒有何差别?答:在前三种资具中,差别是明显的。而在病缘资具中,正如围篱守护树下之物,其果实也得到保护一般;同样,当以观察守护依缘所依戒时,与之相连的别解脱律仪戒也自然成就。若未观察病缘资具而受用,戒被破坏时,正是别解脱律仪戒被破坏。而依缘所依戒,则是在食后、初夜等时分,直至黎明升起,若未观察才被破坏。因为即使在食前未观察而受用病缘资具,也是无犯的。这是它们的差别。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca ‘‘paribhoge karontassa anāpattī’’ti iminā pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ vuttaṃ, tasmā paccayasannissitasīlassa pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlassa ca ko visesoti? Vuccate – purimesu tāva tīsu paccayesu viseso pākaṭoyeva, gilānapaccaye pana yathā vatiṃ katvā rukkhamūle gopite tassa phalānipi rakkhitāniyeva honti, evameva paccavekkhaṇāya paccayasannissitasīle rakkhite tappaṭibaddhaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlampi nipphannaṃ nāma hoti. Gilānapaccayaṃ apaccavekkhitvā paribhuñjantassa sīlaṃ bhijjamānaṃ pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlameva bhijjati, paccayasannissitasīlaṃ pana pacchābhattapurimayāmādīsu yāva aruṇuggamanā apaccavekkhantasseva bhijjati. Purebhattañhi apaccavekkhitvāpi gilānapaccayaṃ paribhuñjantassa anāpatti, idametesaṃ nānākaraṇaṃ.
如此显示了依缘所依戒的清净后,借此机会,为了显示一切清净,而说“有四种清净”等。其中,依此而清净,故为清净;如法说戒即是清净,为说戒清净。在此,出罪也当视为包含于说戒之中。对于断根罪,承认非比丘即是说戒。以决意为殊胜的防护本身就是清净,为防护清净。以如法、公平的方式寻求资具本身就是清净,为寻求清净。于四种资具中,依所说方式观察本身就是清净,为观察清净。这是清净的简要分类。在具有清净的戒中,以说戒为清净的,称为说戒清净。其余类推。“今后我将不再如此做”中的“如此”,是就防护的差别而说。“舍弃”即避开、不做的意思。以应施予之义为遗产,接受此遗产者为继承人;由于在未允许的资具中完全没有受用,而只在允许的资具中有受用,因此比丘们所受用的资具属于世尊所有。在此,《法嗣经》是证明——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ paccayasannissitasīlassa visuddhiṃ dassetvā teneva pasaṅgena sabbāpi suddhiyo dassetuṃ ‘‘catubbidhā hi suddhī’’tiādimāha. Tattha sujjhati etāyāti suddhi, yathādhammaṃ desanāva suddhi desanāsuddhi. Vuṭṭhānassapi cettha desanāya eva saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Chinnamūlāpattīnaṃ pana abhikkhutāpaṭiññāva desanā. Adhiṭṭhānavisiṭṭho saṃvarova suddhi saṃvarasuddhi. Dhammena samena paccayānaṃ pariyeṭṭhi eva suddhi pariyeṭṭhisuddhi. Catūsu paccayesu vuttavidhinā paccavekkhaṇāva suddhi paccavekkhaṇasuddhi. Esa tāva suddhīsu samāsanayo. Suddhimantesu sīlesu desanā suddhi etassāti desanāsuddhi. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Na puna evaṃ karissāmīti ettha evanti saṃvarabhedaṃ sandhāyāha. Pahāyāti vajjetvā, akatvāti attho. Dātabbaṭṭhena dāyaṃ, taṃ ādiyantīti dāyādā, ananuññātesu sabbena sabbaṃ paribhogābhāvato anuññātesuyeva ca paribhogasabbhāvabhāvato bhikkhūhi paribhuñjitabbapaccayā bhagavato santakā. Dhammadāyādasuttañcettha sādhakanti –
“诸比丘,你们要成为我的法嗣,而非财物之嗣。我对你们怀有慈悯:如何令弟子们成为法嗣,不是财物之嗣?”(《中部·一·二九》)——显示巴利原文
‘‘Dhammadāyādā me, bhikkhave, bhavatha, mā āmisadāyādā. Atthi me tumhesu anukampā, ‘kinti me sāvakā dhammadāyādā bhaveyyuṃ, no āmisadāyādā’’’ti (ma. ni. 1.29) –
如是流传的《法嗣经》,正是此义之明证。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pavattaṃ dhammadāyādasuttañca ettha etasmiṃ atthe sādhakaṃ.
对于未离贪者,由于被渴爱所支配,在资具受用中并无自主权;由于无此自主权,离贪者于彼处有自主权,因为能随其所欲而受用。正如他们以不净为不净想、以不净为净想,舍离此两者后,以中舍心受用资具,并圆满施主的心愿。因此说:‘他们因超越了渴爱的奴役,成为主人而受用。’然而,此有戒者观察后的受用,因与负债受用相反,故称为无债受用。正如负债者不能随自己喜好前往想去之处,同样,耽着负债受用者不能出离世间,因其对反,有戒者观察后的受用被称为无债受用。因此应知,从究竟意义上,此受用是别异于四种受用的独立一种。此处未单独说明,或可归入嗣受用中。因为有戒者也因具足此学而被称为有学。一切,即圣者与凡夫。显示巴利原文
Avītarāgānaṃ taṇhāparavasatāya paccayaparibhoge sāmibhāvo natthi, tadabhāvena vītarāgānaṃ tattha sāmibhāvo yathāruci paribhogasabbhāvato. Tathā hi te paṭikūlampi appaṭikūlākārena appaṭikūlampi paṭikūlākārena tadubhayampi vajjetvā ajjhupekkhanākārena paccaye paribhuñjanti, dāyakānañca manorathaṃ paripūrenti. Tenāha – ‘‘te hi taṇhāya dāsabyaṃ atītattā sāmino hutvā paribhuñjantī’’ti. Yo panāyaṃ sīlavato paccavekkhitaparibhogo, so iṇaparibhogassa paccanīkattā āṇaṇyaparibhogo nāma hoti. Yathā hi iṇāyiko attano ruciyā icchitadesaṃ gantuṃ na labhati, evaṃ iṇaparibhogayutto lokato nissarituṃ na labhatīti tappaṭipakkhattā sīlavato paccavekkhitaparibhogo āṇaṇyaparibhogoti vuccati, tasmā nippariyāyato catuparibhogavinimutto visuṃyevāyaṃ paribhogoti veditabbo. So idha visuṃ na vutto, dāyajjaparibhogeyeva vā saṅgahaṃ gacchatīti. Sīlavāpi hi imāya sikkhāya samannāgatattā sekkhotveva vuccati. Sabbesanti ariyānaṃ puthujjanānañca.
凡夫如何能有这些受用?通过近行(近似)的方式。因为,若凡夫安住于减损行,舍弃对资具的贪着,以无染着的心受用,这种受用就类似于所有者受用。而有戒者以观察受用,则类似于嗣受用,因为不违施主的心愿。正因如此,才说‘或可归入嗣受用’。至于善凡夫的受用,则无需多言,因为他已归入有学之列。有学经即能证成此义。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ puthujjanānaṃ ime paribhogā sambhavantīti? Upacāravasena. Yo hi puthujjanassapi sallekhappaṭipattiyaṃ ṭhitassa paccayagedhaṃ pahāya tattha anupalittena cittena paribhogo, so sāmiparibhogo viya hoti. Sīlavato pana paccavekkhitaparibhogo dāyajjaparibhogo viya hoti dāyakānaṃ manorathassa avirādhanato. Teneva vuttaṃ ‘‘dāyajjaparibhogeyeva vā saṅgahaṃ gacchatī’’ti. Kalyāṇaputhujjanassa paribhoge vattabbameva natthi tassa sekkhasaṅgahato. Sekkhasuttañhetassa atthassa sādhakaṃ.
与有惭者共受用,即取有惭者所有物而受用。与无惭者共受用,此处同理。因为从一开始就没有无惭者,以此显示不应仅凭所见便生疑。那些成为自己负担的共住弟子等人,若有人看见,即应制止他。因为无惭者受用被称为有惭者的受用,故无有罪过,因两者皆是无惭者;‘无惭者受用’仅是假名,不可得。然而,有论师说‘确有罪过’,此点在三处义理中均有说明。显示巴利原文
Lajjinā saddhiṃ paribhogo nāma lajjissa santakaṃ gahetvā paribhogo. Alajjinā saddhinti etthāpi eseva nayo. Ādito paṭṭhāya hi alajjī nāma natthīti iminā diṭṭhadiṭṭhesuyeva āsaṅkā na kātabbāti dasseti. Attano bhārabhūtā saddhivihārikādayo. Sopi nivāretabboti yo passati, tena nivāretabbo. Yasmā alajjīparibhogo nāma lajjino vuccati, tasmā āpatti nāma natthi ubhinnampi alajjībhāvato, ‘‘alajjīparibhogo’’ti idaṃ nāmamattameva na labbhatīti vuttaṃ hoti. ‘‘Āpatti pana atthiyevāti vadantī’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ.
非法者,指由邪命等方式所得。如法者,指由乞食等方式所得。‘他只给与僧团’:即不取食物,只将自己所得的份额给予僧团。然而,若有惭者举发无惭者……乃至……使其消失,在这里,仅出于想要举发的意愿而这样做是不允许的;但为了护持法与教法,以及为了利益听众,则是允许的,应当如此了知。由于前文已说‘他应被处以罪过’,故此说有罪。通过诵持等受用法,即是法受用。即使以护法之心受持而无罪,长老仍就其无惭之性而说‘此实为恶人’等语。而于其近处,即在大护长老的近处。显示巴利原文
Adhammiyoti anesanādīhi uppanno. Dhammiyoti bhikkhācariyādīhi uppanno. Saṅghasseva detīti bhattaṃ aggahetvā attanā laddhasalākaṃyeva deti. Sace pana lajjī alajjiṃ paggaṇhāti…pe… antaradhāpetīti ettha kevalaṃ paggaṇhitukāmatāya evaṃ kātuṃ na vaṭṭati, dhammassa pana sāsanassa sotūnañca anuggahatthāya vaṭṭatīti veditabbaṃ. Purimanayena ‘‘so āpattiyā kāretabbo’’ti vuttattā imassa āpattiyevāti vadanti. Uddesaggahaṇādinā dhammassa paribhogo dhammaparibhogo. Dhammānuggahena gaṇhantassa āpattiyā abhāvepi thero tassa alajjibhāvaṃyeva sandhāya ‘‘pāpo kirāya’’ntiādimāha. Tassa pana santiketi mahārakkhitattherassa santike.
586 “王宫后宫等”等语,是仅依“我将取此”的思心所生起而说。“因忘念而施”:此处,以忘念而施者,即尚未舍弃之物;因此,结于十指处之钱币等,若比丘作物想而接受,那既非施金钱,亦非接受金钱,故此处无出罪之事,唯应归还施主。若诸施主以这些非净物购得酥油等而施与僧团及该比丘,则一切皆净,因属施主所有。然而,在义注中,针对为希求功德者所舍弃而施之物,有言:‘希求功德者……于金钱作非金钱想而接受金钱,应知如此。’因此,对于已舍弃而施之物,即使作物想而取,亦犯舍堕。由此,若彼施主不来取回,则问明施主后,若为己而舍弃,应在僧团中舍出并忏悔其罪。“请看你的布片”:以此显示,即使对于居士所有物,以‘请取此’等非净语指示,对比丘亦不许可。“同一分界”:因有作及无作之状态,故为同一分界。金、银之性,为己所指定,于钱币等中为某一种——此为此处三支。显示巴利原文
586.Rājorodhādayotiādi ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhissāmī’’ti cetanāmattasambhavato vuttaṃ. Assatiyā dinnanti ettha assatiyā dinnaṃ nāma apariccattaṃ hoti, tasmā dasante baddhakahāpaṇādi assatiyā dinnaṃ bhikkhunā vatthasaññāya paṭiggahitañca, tato neva rūpiyaṃ dinnaṃ, nāpi paṭiggahitañca hotīti ettha āpattidesanākiccaṃ natthi, taṃ pana dāyakānameva paṭidātabbaṃ. Tena akappiyavatthunā te ce dāyakā sappiādīni kiṇitvāna saṅghassa tassa ca bhikkhuno denti, sabbesaṃ kappati dāyakānaṃyeva santakattā. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana puññakāmehi pariccajitvā dinnameva sandhāya ‘‘puññakāmā…pe… rūpiye arūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ paṭiggaṇhātīti veditabbo’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā pariccajitvā dinnaṃ vatthasaññāya gaṇhatopi nissaggiyameva. Tena yadi te dāyakā no āgantvā gaṇhanti, dāyake pucchitvā attano atthāya ce pariccattaṃ, saṅghe nissajjitvā āpatti desetabbā. Tava coḷakaṃ passāhīhi iminā gihisantakepi ‘‘idaṃ gaṇhathā’’tiādiakappiyavohārena vidhānaṃ bhikkhuno na kappatīti dīpeti. Ekaparicchedānīti kiriyākiriyabhāvato ekaparicchedāni. Jātarūparajatabhāvo, attuddesikatā, kahāpaṇādīsu aññatarabhāvoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
九、金银交易学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
587 在金银交易学处中,生金等四种舍堕物,此处即以“金银”一语总括而取,故说“生金、银的交换”。“已接受的交换”:即对已接受的金钱进行交换;或未接受而以净物之取受方式接受金钱后,进行交换。显示巴利原文
587. Rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpade jātarūpādicatubbidhampi nissaggiyavatthu idha rūpiyaggahaṇeneva gahitanti āha ‘‘jātarūparajataparivattana’’nti. Paṭiggahitaparivattaneti sāditarūpiyassa parivattane, asādiyitvā vā kappiyena gāhena paṭiggahitarūpiyaparivattane.
589 将 ga 字母转为 ka 字母后,写成了“sīsūpaka”;在词语分解中,“ghanakata”被释为“作成团状”。于“satthuvaṇṇa”等词中,应如此了知一切处的总集:“satthuvaṇṇo ca kahāpaṇo ca…乃至… ye ca vohāraṃ gacchanti”。“于货币有货币想”者,是指自己的财物。“换取货币”者,是指他人的财物。“以舍堕事缘换取恶做事缘或如法事缘,亦同此理”一语为何而说?因“于货币有货币想而换取非货币,舍堕波逸提”等并未在圣典中宣说,故说“因为……”等。由于随顺其义,此处的意趣为:所谓货币交易,并非仅仅是货币与货币的交换,而是因“于非货币有货币想而换取货币”的宣说,以非货币换取货币亦称为货币交易;在此情形下,若有货币存在,则仍是货币交易——此义虽未明说,亦可了知。所谓非货币,是指恶做事缘与如法事缘。在“ekantena rūpiyapakkhe”中,应取“以一边的货币部分”之义。或者应知有“ekato rūpiyapakkhe”的读法。显示巴利原文
589.Ga-kārassa ka-kāraṃ katvā ‘‘sīsūpaka’’nti likhitaṃ, padabhājane ghanakatanti piṇḍaṃ kataṃ. Satthuvaṇṇotiādīsu ‘‘satthuvaṇṇo ca kahāpaṇo ca…pe… ye ca vohāraṃ gacchantī’’ti evaṃ sabbattha samuccayo veditabbo. Rūpiye rūpiyasaññīti sakasantakaṃ vadati. Rūpiyaṃ cetāpetīti parasantakaṃ vadati. ‘‘Nissaggiyavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuṃ vā kappiyavatthuṃ vā cetāpentassapi eseva nayo’’ti idaṃ kasmā vuttaṃ. Na hi ‘‘rūpiye rūpiyasaññī arūpiyaṃ cetāpeti , nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’ntiādittiko pāḷiyaṃ vuttoti āha ‘‘yo hī’’tiādi. Tassānulomattāti etthāyamadhippāyo – rūpiyasaṃvohāro nāma na kevalaṃ rūpiyena rūpiyaparivattanameva, atha kho ‘‘arūpiye rūpiyasaññī rūpiyaṃ cetāpetī’’ti vuttattā arūpiyena rūpiyacetāpanampi rūpiyasaṃvohāro nāma hotīti etasmiṃ pakkhepi rūpiye sati rūpiyasaṃvohāroyeva hotīti ayamattho avuttopi viññāyatīti. Arūpiyaṃ nāma dukkaṭavatthukappiyavatthūni. Ekantena rūpiyapakkheti ekena antena rūpiyapakkheti ayaṃ attho gahetabbo. ‘‘Ekato rūpiyapakkhe’’ti vā pāṭho veditabbo. ‘‘Ekarūpiyapakkhe’’tipi paṭhanti, tatthāpi ekato rūpiyapakkheti ayamevattho gahetabbo.
以如法事缘进行如法事缘的买卖尚且是舍堕,为何以恶作事缘进行恶作事缘的买卖却不是?这是《盲灯注》的意趣。此学处……乃至……是针对以非货币换取货币而说——此为关联。“此处”,即指此货币交易学处。“彼处”,即指买卖学处。“因此”,即以如法事缘本身。显示巴利原文
Kappiyavatthunā kappiyavatthuno kayavikkayepi tāva nissaggiyaṃ hoti, dukkaṭavatthunā dukkaṭavatthuno kayavikkaye kasmā na hotīti andhakaṭṭhakathāya adhippāyo. Idaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ…pe… arūpiyena ca rūpiyacetāpanaṃ sandhāya vuttanti sambandho. Idhāti imasmiṃ rūpiyasaṃvohārasikkhāpade. Tatthāti kayavikkayasikkhāpade. Tenevāti kappiyavatthunāyeva.
由于无法再使其成为如法,故说“名为大不如法”。他们说:“‘无法以任何方便令其成为如法’这句话,是就仅限于五位同法者之间辗转而言;如果由在家人拿去,作为自己的所有物再行布施,则对所有人都是如法的。”然而,正是以此“无法以任何方便令其成为如法”一句,确立了:若已接受的货币未舍弃,以其换取的如法物品,即使施予僧团,也不得受用。显示巴利原文
Puna kappiyabhāvaṃ netuṃ asakkuṇeyyattā ‘‘mahāakappiyo nāmā’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātunti idaṃ pañcannaṃyeva sahadhammikānaṃ antare parivattanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, gihīhi pana gahetvā attano santakaṃ katvā dinnaṃ sabbesaṃ kappatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātu’’nti pana imināva paṭiggahitarūpiyaṃ anissajjitvāva tena cetāpitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ.
然而,那些说“即使未舍弃已接受的货币,以其辗转交换所得的如法物品,若已施予僧团,也可受用”的人,他们的主张与“无法以任何方便令其成为如法”这句话并不相符。他们在此又这样解释:“因为应该舍弃的物品尚未舍弃,就层层向上转为其他物品,由于没有分界,这里不说‘舍’,而说‘无法以任何方便令其成为如法’;也正因为没有分界,所以不说‘若归还根本物主,归还钵物主,则成为如法’。”如果已接受的货币未舍弃而换取的如法物品,施予僧团后可以受用,那么,此处取最后的事例来看,为何施予僧团的却不受用?由“若有人收取货币……乃至……若归还根本物主,归还钵物主,则成为如法”这句话,也确立了:已接受的货币未舍弃而换取的如法物品,即使施予僧团,也不得受用。如果那已施出的可以受用,就不会说“若归还根本物主,归还钵物主,则成为如法”。另有他人在这里说:“如果已施予僧团,则货币接受者不得受用;因此,为了显示对他而言如何才能受用,而说‘若归还根本物主……’等。”显示巴利原文
Ye pana ‘‘paṭiggahitarūpiyaṃ anissajjitvāpi tena parivattitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍaṃ saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, tesaṃ ‘‘na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātu’’nti idaṃ na yujjati. Te panettha evaṃ vadanti ‘‘yasmā nissajjitabbavatthuṃ anissajjitvāva uparūpari aññaṃ aññaṃyeva kataṃ, tasmā paricchedābhāvato idha nissajjituṃ avatvā ‘na sakkā kenaci upāyena kappiyo kātu’nti vuttaṃ, paricchedābhāvatoyeva ‘mūle mūlasāmikānaṃ , patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hotī’ti ca na vutta’’nti. Yadi paṭiggahitarūpiyaṃ anissajjitvā cetāpitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭati, evaṃ sante idhāpi avasānavatthuṃ gahetvā saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ kasmā na vaṭṭati, ‘‘yo pana rūpiyaṃ uggaṇhitvā…pe… patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hotī’’ti imināpi paṭiggahitarūpiyaṃ anissajjitvā cetāpitaṃ kappiyabhaṇḍampi saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatīti siddhaṃ. Yadi taṃ nissaṭṭhaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭeyya, ‘‘mūle mūlasāmikānaṃ, patte ca pattasāmikānaṃ dinne kappiyo hotī’’ti na vadeyya. Apare panettha evaṃ vadanti ‘‘yadi saṅghassa nissaṭṭhaṃ hoti, rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa na vaṭṭati, tasmā tassapi yathā vaṭṭati, tathā dassanatthaṃ ‘mūle mūlasāmikāna’ntiādi vutta’’nti.
“与第二钵相似”这句,是显示对五位同法者也不如法。在这里说出了理由:“因为根本已被接受”。如果因为根本已被接受,那么受取金钱者暂且不如法,对于其余诸人为什么不如法呢?怀着这个疑问而问:“为何对其余诸人不如法?”于是说出理由:“因为根本未被舍出”。即使钵是如法的,由于被接受的根本是应舍而未舍,因此由他所取的钵对余众也不如法。如果他已把所接受的根本舍与僧团,那么通过如法羯磨,经由净人等取来给予的钵,除了受取金钱者本身之外,对余众是如法的。然而另有一派说:“接受根本之后所取的钵,如果已经舍给了僧团,则对余众是如法的。”既然如此,就不应当说“因为根本未被舍出”,而应该说“因为未被僧团舍出”。显示巴利原文
Dutiyapattasadisoyevāti iminā pañcannampi sahadhammikānaṃ na kappatīti dasseti. Tattha kāraṇamāha ‘‘mūlassa sampaṭicchitattā’’ti. Atha mūlassa sampaṭicchitattā rūpiyapaṭiggāhakassa tāva akappiyo hotu, sesānaṃ pana kasmā na kappatīti maññamāno pucchati ‘‘kasmā sesānaṃ na kappatī’’ti. Kāraṇamāha ‘‘mūlassa anissaṭṭhattā’’ti. Pattassa kappiyabhāvepi sampaṭicchitamūlassa nissajjitabbassa anissaṭṭhattā tena gahitapatto sesānampi na kappati. Yadi hi tena sampaṭicchitamūlaṃ saṅghamajjhe nissaṭṭhaṃ siyā, tena kappiyena kammena ārāmikādīhi gahetvā dinnapatto rūpiyapaṭiggāhakaṃ ṭhapetvā sesānaṃ vaṭṭati. Apare pana ‘‘mūlaṃ sampaṭicchitvā gahitapattopi yadi saṅghassa nissaṭṭho, sesānaṃ kappatī’’ti vadanti. Evaṃ sante ‘‘mūlassa anissaṭṭhattā’’ti na vattabbaṃ, ‘‘saṅghassa anissaṭṭhattā’’ti evameva vattabbaṃ.
“以恶行故”这句,表示他作了金钱交易。“而其他人则可用”的意思是:因为他只是作了金钱交易,并没有接受根本(金钱),所以从僧团依律羯磨而舍弃之时起,其他人便可用。为了在此事上举出依据,而说了“据说大善长老”等语。然而,另有一派主张:“‘以恶行故’这句,仅仅是指身处在家者所有状态中的恶行,并不指违犯金钱交易,因此,由于没有金钱交易,那个钵不能作舍弃,所以对他不适用,而那个未舍弃的钵对其他人却适用。为了显示未舍弃的钵对其他人也适用,才举出了‘据说大善长老’等事例。至于‘僧团舍弃了’这句话,是因为对其他人适用,这只是就僧团已经放弃所有权而言,并非由僧团依律羯磨而作舍弃。而‘装满酥油’这句话,正是这一意义的佐证。”显示巴利原文
Dubbicāritattāti iminā rūpiyasaṃvohāro anena katoti dasseti. Aññesaṃ pana vaṭṭatīti yasmānena rūpiyasaṃvohāramattameva kataṃ, na mūlaṃ sampaṭicchitaṃ, tasmā vinayakammavasena saṅghassa nissaṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya aññesaṃ vaṭṭati. Imasmiṃyeva ca atthe pamāṇaṃ dassento ‘‘mahāsumattherassa kirā’’tiādimāha. Apare pana ‘‘dubbicāritattāti iminā kevalaṃ gihisantakabhāvena ṭhite dubbicāritamattaṃ vuttaṃ, na rūpiyasaṃvohārāpajjanaṃ, tasmā rūpiyasaṃvohārābhāvato so patto nissajjituṃ na sakkāti tassa na kappati, anissaṭṭhopi aññesaṃ kappati. Anissaṭṭhasseva ca aññesaṃ kappiyabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘mahāsumattherassa kirā’tiādivatthūni udāhaṭāni. Saṅghassa nissajjīti idañca aññesaṃ kappiyattā kevalaṃ saṅghassa pariccattabhāvaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ, na pana vinayakammavasena saṅghassa nissaṭṭhabhāvaṃ. Imassa ca atthassa sappissa pūretvāti idaṃ vacanaṃ sādhaka’’nti vadanti.
591 591. 在受取金钱和金钱交易中,如果各自只做了一种,那么依各处所说的方法舍弃即可。至于以所受取的金钱而作了交易,应当如何舍弃呢?这并不难,应该这样舍:“尊者,我犯了种种金钱交易。”在此学处中,“于非金钱作金钱想,犯恶作”等,由于在结尾的三法中说了无犯,所以说这三法只依许受物而说,三部《甘提帕达》都是这样说的。然而,有一部分人说:“‘以受取非金钱’包含了许受物和恶作所依物,前两句是依许受物和恶作所依物而说,只有最后一句是依许受物而说。”这不合理,因为在掺杂了无犯的结尾三法中,除了想差别之外,并不存在所依物的差别。而“以恶作所依物换取恶作所依物,在巴利文中此处也未说,彼处也未说”这句话,在这里正可作为佐证。凡是把自己的财物作交换,该财物或该金钱既是金钱性,又属于交换——这样便具有两项要素。显示巴利原文
591. Rūpiyapaṭiggahaṇarūpiyasaṃvohāresu yena ekekameva kataṃ, tena tattha tattha vuttanayeneva nissajjitabbaṃ. Yena pana paṭiggahitarūpiyeneva saṃvohāro kato, tena kathaṃ nissajjitabbanti? Nayidaṃ dukkaraṃ, ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, nānappakārakaṃ rūpiyasaṃvohāraṃ samāpajji’’nti evameva nissajjitabbaṃ. ‘‘Imasmiṃ sikkhāpadepi ‘arūpiye rūpiyasaññī, āpatti dukkaṭassā’tiādittikassa avasānapade anāpattiyā vuttattā kappiyavatthuvaseneva idaṃ tikaṃ vutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘arūpiyaggahaṇena kappiyavatthudukkaṭavatthūnaṃ saṅgahoti purimapadadvayaṃ kappiyavatthudukkaṭavatthūnaṃ vasena vuttaṃ, avasānapadameva kappiyavatthuvasena vutta’’nti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati anāpattimissite avasānattike saññānānattaṃ ṭhapetvā vatthunānattassa abhāvato. Dukkaṭavatthunā pana dukkaṭavatthuno cetāpanaṃ neva idha, na tattha pāḷiyaṃ vuttanti vacanamettha sādhakaṃ. Yaṃ attano dhanena parivattati, tassa vā dhanassa vā rūpiyabhāvo ceva, parivattanañcāti imānettha dve aṅgāni.
十、买卖学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Kayavikkayasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
593 在买卖学处的巴利文中,“你应知”此处意为“你应当审察”,其意图是:好好审察之后再拿取,若不喜欢,以后便不能再给。显示巴利原文
593. Kayavikkayasikkhāpade pāḷiyaṃ jānāhīti ettha upadhārehīti attho, suṭṭhu upadhāretvā gaṇha, idaṃ na manāpanti puna dātuṃ na sakkhissasīti adhippāyo.
594-595 594-595. “买”是指获取他人物品,“卖”是指给出自己物品,因此说“以此换此”等。由于“所买”是指从他人手中取得,“所卖”是指交到他人手中,所以说:“所买”是使他人物品到自己手中,“所卖”是使自己物品到他人手中。若如此,巴利文中在说了“所买和所卖”之后,为何又说“自己物品到他人手中,他人物品到自己手中”?回答说:“然而,这是为了与‘以此换此’等说法相符”等。因为“以此”是指属于自己之物,为了与此相符,巴利文中先显明了自己的物品,而非为了与买卖一词的顺序相符,因为买卖一词的顺序是以获取他人所有物为先而成立的。显示巴利原文
594-595.Kayanti parabhaṇḍassa gahaṇaṃ. Vikkayanti attano bhaṇḍassa dānaṃ. Tenāha ‘‘iminā imaṃ dehī’’tiādi. Yasmā kayitaṃ nāma parassa hatthato gahitaṃ vuccati, vikkītañca parassa hatthe dinnaṃ, tasmā ‘‘kayitañca hoti parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagataṃ karontena, vikkītañca attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ karontenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ pāḷiyaṃ parato ‘‘kayitañca hoti vikkayitañcā’’ti vatvā ‘‘attano bhaṇḍaṃ parahatthagataṃ parabhaṇḍaṃ attano hatthagata’’nti kasmā vuttanti āha ‘‘iminā imantiādivacanānurūpato panā’’tiādi. Imināti hi sakasantakaṃ vuttaṃ. Tadanurūpato pāḷiyaṃ paṭhamaṃ attano bhaṇḍaṃ dassitaṃ, na kayavikkayapadānurūpato. Tañhi viparītato parasantakaggahaṇaṃ purakkhatvā ṭhitaṃ.
即使对其他亲戚说“给我这个”,也不构成暗示乞求,但为了显示也没有毁坏信施,故而说“然而对母亲或父亲”。不构成暗示乞求,这是专就单独的请求而言。若什么也不说而这样说,则是对非亲戚暗示乞求,于是说:“对非亲戚说‘给我这个’,是暗示乞求。”若什么也不说而给予“拿这个”,则是对非亲戚的给与,故说为“毁坏信施”。三种罪过:即称为对非亲戚暗示乞求、毁坏信施和违犯买卖学处的三种罪过。显示巴利原文
Kāmaṃ sesañātakepi ‘‘imaṃ dehī’’ti vadato viññatti na hoti, saddhādeyyavinipātanassapi pana abhāvaṃ dassetukāmo ‘‘mātaraṃ pana pitaraṃ vā’’ti āha. Viññatti na hotīti idaṃ visuṃ viññāpanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Aññaṃ kiñci avatvā evaṃ vadanto aññātakaṃ viññāpeti nāmāti āha – ‘‘aññātakaṃ ‘imaṃ dehī’ti vadato viññattī’’ti. Aññaṃ kiñci avatvā ‘‘imaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti dinnaṃ aññātakassa dinnaṃ nāma hotīti vuttaṃ ‘‘saddhādeyyavinipātana’’nti. Tisso āpattiyoti aññātakaviññattisaddhādeyyavinipātanakayavikkayāpattisaṅkhātā tisso āpattiyo.
说“你做这个”是开许的;同样,在此说“你已受用,现在为何不做”这样的情形也是开许的。关于“舍堕”——虽然在有应舍弃物时才是波逸提,然而即使没有应舍弃物,也仍属波逸提;为了说明应依注释书的权威来理解这点,所以使用了“虽然……”等语句。“已受用”指酥油等。凡是自己财物用作交换,以及用以交换的物品,它们的开许性、不如法性以及买卖的违犯——于此三项要素具足。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ nāma karohīti vadati, vaṭṭatīti ettha bhuttosi, idāni kasmā na karosīti vatthumpi vaṭṭati. ‘‘Nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti kiñcāpi satiyeva nissaggiyavatthumhi pācittiyaṃ vuttaṃ, asatipi pana tasmiṃ pācittiyanti idaṃ aṭṭhakathāpamāṇena gahetabbanti dassetuṃ ‘‘kiñcāpī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Paribhutteti sappiādiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Yaṃ attano dhanena parivatteti, yena ca parivatteti, tesaṃ kappiyavatthutā, asahadhammikatā, kayavikkayāpajjanañcāti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
一、钵学处注释显示巴利原文
1. Pattasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
598-602 598-602. 在钵品的第一篇中,“物品”指应被出售的物品。因为“色”一词可用以表示形状、种类、色处、原因、量、功德、称赞等义。如在“化作大龙王之相”等中(相应部1.142),指形状;在“婆罗门是最胜种姓,其他种姓是低劣”等中(中部2.402),指种类;在“具足最上色相庄严”等中(长部1.303),则指色处。显示巴利原文
598-602. Pattavaggassa paṭhame bhaṇḍanti vikketabbabhaṇḍaṃ. Yasmā vaṇṇasaddo saṇṭhānajātirūpāyatanakāraṇapamāṇaguṇapasaṃsādīsu dissati. ‘‘Mahantaṃ sapparājavaṇṇaṃ abhinimminitvā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.142) hi saṇṭhānaṃ vuccati. ‘‘Brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīno añño vaṇṇo’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.402) jāti. ‘‘Paramāya vaṇṇapokkharatāya samannāgato’’tiādīsu (dī. ni. 1.303) rūpāyatanaṃ.
‘‘Na harāmi na bhañjāmi, ārā siṅghāmi vārijaṃ;
那么,以什么理由,而被称为香贼呢?”(相应部第一卷第二三四经;本生第一卷第六章第一一六偈)——显示巴利原文
Atha kena nu vaṇṇena, gandhatthenoti vuccatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.234; jā. 1.6.116) –
于前引(偈颂)等处,该词表原因。“Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā”等(律藏·602)中,表尺寸。“Kadā saññuḷhā pana te gahapati ime samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā”等(中部·2.77)中,表功德。“Vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī”等(增支部·4.3)中,表称赞。因此说:“tayo pattassa vaṇṇā”即钵的三种尺寸。显示巴利原文
Ādīsu kāraṇaṃ. ‘‘Tayo pattassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (pārā. 602) pamāṇaṃ. ‘‘Kadā saññuḷhā pana te gahapati ime samaṇassa gotamassa vaṇṇā’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 2.77) guṇo. ‘‘Vaṇṇārahassa vaṇṇaṃ bhāsatī’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 4.3) pasaṃsā. Tasmā vuttaṃ ‘‘tayo pattassa vaṇṇāti tīṇi pattassa pamāṇānī’’ti.
关于“是半十三铢”一句:有人说“取半十三铢的摩沙”。有人说“摩揭陀那利为六百那利”。另有人说“八把”。其中,依前者的意见,三百那利中的两那利为一摩揭陀那利;依后者的意见,四把那利中的两那利为一摩揭陀那利。然而,阿阇梨法护长老说:“通常四把为一库杜瓦,四库杜瓦为一那利卡,此那利卡之十六那利为一多那,而此多那即相当于摩揭陀那利之十二那利。”因此,依此理趣应知:所谓摩揭陀那利,即五库杜瓦、一把及一把的三分之一。显示巴利原文
Aḍḍhaterasapalā hotīti ettha ‘‘māsānaṃ aḍḍhaterasapalāni gaṇhātī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Magadhanāḷi nāma chapasatā nāḷī’’ti keci. ‘‘Aṭṭhapasatā’’ti apare. Tattha purimānaṃ matena tipasatāya nāḷiyā dve nāḷiyo ekā magadhanāḷi hoti, pacchimānaṃ catupasatāya nāḷiyā dve nāḷiyo ekā magadhanāḷi. Ācariyadhammapālattherena pana ‘‘pakatiyā catumuṭṭhikaṃ kuḍuvaṃ, catukuḍuvaṃ nāḷikaṃ, tāya nāḷiyā soḷasa nāḷiyo doṇaṃ, taṃ pana magadhanāḷiyā dvādasa nāḷiyo hontī’’ti vuttaṃ, tasmā tena nayena ‘‘magadhanāḷi nāma pañca kuḍuvāni ekañca muṭṭhiṃ ekāya muṭṭhiyā tatiyañca bhāgaṃ gaṇhātī’’ti veditabbaṃ.
“由一切配料所成”:即由小茴香等一切配料所成。“与每一口饭相称”:此处,因《梵寿经》注释(中部注·2.387)中说“所谓菜的量,是饭的四分之一”,故应知菜的量即为每一口饭的四分之一,如此便与每一口饭相称。然而,此处仅显示汤为饭的四分之一量;当此特征被显示时,其余的特征也已被显示,故未特别对菜的量另作分别。显示巴利原文
Sabbasambhārasaṅkhatoti jīrakādisabbasambhārehi saṅkhato. Ālopassa ālopassa anurūpanti ettha ‘‘byañjanassa mattā nāma odanacatuttho bhāgo’’ti brahmāyusuttassa aṭṭhakathāyaṃ (ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.387) vuttattā ālopassa catutthabhāgappamāṇaṃ byañjanaṃ ālopassa anurūpanti gahetabbaṃ. Idha pana sūpasseva odanacatutthabhāgappamāṇataṃ dassetvā etassa lakkhaṇe dassite itarassapi dassitameva hotīti byañjanassa tathā visesetvā pamāṇaṃ na dassitaṃ.
此处,半摩揭陀那利的量称为“钵他”,故说“钵他饭”即半摩揭陀那利量的饭。以此显示“二钵他为一摩揭陀那利”。而钵他应依世俗用法理解为:“四铢为一库杜瓦,四库杜瓦为一钵他。”“以器皿使用”,即指用取水等器皿来使用。显示巴利原文
Magadhanāḷiyā upaḍḍhappamāṇo idha patthoti āha ‘‘patthodananti magadhanāḷiyā upaḍḍhanāḷikodana’’nti. Iminā ca ‘‘patthadvayaṃ magadhanāḷī’’ti dassitaṃ hoti. Pattho ca ‘‘catupalo kuḍuvo, catukuḍuvo pattho’’ti iminā lokiyavohārena veditabbo. Bhājanaparibhogenāti udakāharaṇādinā bhājanaparibhogena.
607 607.“已洗”是为了说明使用已结束的情形而说,并非只在已洗时才犯恶作,因为在更早、正当使用时便已违犯。显示巴利原文
607.Dhoteti paribhogāvasānadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana dhoteyeva dukkaṭaṃ āpajjati tato puretaraṃ paribhogakāleyeva āpajjanato.
608 608.“以五处”“以二处”是为了显示“至此程度,黑色方得成就”而说。然而有说:“若仅以一处烧成黑色,亦堪以决意。”为了显示即使尚未到手,也可决意的状态,故说“yadihī”等。由此可知:即使站在远处,亦可以决意与分配;而放置处的标记并非标准。或仅听闻:即未被派遣,只是听到那位被钵匠派来的比丘所说,而未经教令。非标准:因非由他派遣。附近寺院:这只是近处的范围,即使站在比那更远的地方,也完全可以决意。标记放置处:这也仅是近处的范围,在此,钵的标记才是准绳。或钵有孔:自口沿以下约两指处起,任何地方有孔。此处其余内容,与第一咖提那中的说法相同。显示巴利原文
608.Pañcahi dvīhīti idaṃ ‘‘ettāvatā kāḷavaṇṇatā sampajjatī’’ti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Yadi pana ekenapi pākena kāḷavaṇṇo hoti, adhiṭṭhānupagoyevā’’ti vadanti. Hatthānāgatassapi adhiṭṭhātabbabhāvadassanatthaṃ ‘‘yadihī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Iminā ca dūre ṭhitampi adhiṭṭhātuṃ vikappetuñca labhati, ṭhapitaṭṭhānasallakkhaṇañca na pamāṇanti veditabbaṃ. Sutvā vāti pattakārakena pesitabhikkhunā anāṇatto kevalaṃ tassa kathentassa vacanamattaṃ sutvā. Na pamāṇanti tena apesitattā. Sāmantavihāreti idaṃ upacāramattaṃ, tato dūre ṭhitampi adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Ṭhapitaṭṭhānaṃ sallakkhetvāti idampi upacāramattaṃ, pattasallakkhaṇamevettha pamāṇaṃ. Patte vā chiddaṃ hotīti mukhavaṭṭito heṭṭhā dvaṅgulamattokāsato paṭṭhāya yattha katthaci chiddaṃ hoti. Sesamettha paṭhamakathine vuttanayameva.
二、少于五缚学处注释显示巴利原文
2. Ūnapañcabandhanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
610 610.第二学处中,“于手中为乞食而行”的巴利文句,应知意为:为了可在手中获得的食物而行。显示巴利原文
610. Dutiyasikkhāpade hatthesu piṇḍāya caratīti pāḷipadassa hatthesu labhitabbapiṇḍatthāya caratīti attho veditabbo.
612-613 “他的那个钵是非钵”由此语,那个钵因非钵之故,也失去决意。正因其为非钵,所以在律典中未说“令作五缚钵”。此义于三部《结文》中皆有说明。然而,有人主张:“‘非钵’一语是为了明示‘可以乞求另一钵’而说,而那个钵并不失去决意。”此说似有道理,因为下文将说:“凡有五处或仅一处十指宽者,无论已缚或未缚,皆为非钵。”确切而言,不可说以口沿五处、每处约两指宽的裂纹便失去决意;但若有一处十指宽的裂纹,且在该处出现前述尺寸的孔洞,则可说因孔而失去决意,这是合理的。有缚处或无缚处:无缚的钵,称为“无缚”;而“无缚处”则仅指没有缚处。显示巴利原文
612-613.‘‘Tassaso apattoti vacanato so patto adhiṭṭhānampi vijahati apattattā. Apattabhāvatoyeva hi ‘pañcabandhanaṃ pattaṃ cetāpetī’ti pāḷiyaṃ na vutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘apattoti idaṃ ‘aññaṃ pattaṃ viññāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’ti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, so pana patto adhiṭṭhānaṃ na vijahatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ yuttaṃ viya dissati ‘‘yassa pañca ekāyeva vā dasaṅgulā, so baddhopi abaddhopi apattoyevā’’ti vakkhamānattā. Na hi mukhavaṭṭiyā pañcasu ṭhānesu dvaṅgulamattāhi rājīhi adhiṭṭhānaṃ vijahatīti sakkā vattuṃ, ekāya pana rājiyā dasaṅgulāya sace tattha vuttappamāṇo chiddo paññāyati, chiddeneva adhiṭṭhānavijahanaṃ siyāti yuttaṃ vattuṃ. Bandhanokāse sati asati vā bandhanavirahito patto abandhanoti vutto, bandhanokāsavirahitoyeva pana abandhanokāsoti vutto.
“或以铅锡线缚”一段中,此处应取“应缚”的读法。因为古本中也只见此读法。“以纯净的……不许可”这是因为它会在放入热食时熔化而说。将糖蜜烧过之后,以石粉缚是许可的:即将糖蜜与石粉一同煮过,以如此煮炼的石粉来缚,是许可的。显示巴利原文
Tipusuttakena vā bandhitvāti ettha ‘‘bandhitabbo’’ti pāṭho gahetabbo. Purāṇapotthakepi hi ayameva pāṭho dissati. Suddhehi…pe… na vaṭṭatīti idaṃ uṇhabhojane pakkhitte vilīyamānattā vuttaṃ. Phāṇitaṃ jhāpetvā pāsāṇacuṇṇena bandhituṃ vaṭṭatīti pāsāṇacuṇṇena saddhiṃ phāṇitaṃ pacitvā tathāpakkena pāsāṇacuṇṇena bandhituṃ vaṭṭati.
615 由于说到“出于慈悯而不取者犯恶作”,因此,若那个钵他不中意,即使不取也无犯。正因如此,《母论注释》(《疑惑度释·少于五缚学处注释》)中说:“若长老于钵不中意,或因少欲而不取,是许可的。”“钵的边际”即边际钵,意谓最终的钵。有人说:“当僧团中令人取钵时,可不令无惭者取。”“我允许诸比丘,有托架”由这句话可知,在座具等任何地方安置托架,然后将钵置于其上,是许可的,因为放置托架的地方并未有特定限制。“以不使用”即以不适当的方式使用。显示巴利原文
615.Anukampāya na gaṇhantassa dukkaṭanti vuttattā yassa so patto na ruccati, tassapi agaṇhantassa anāpatti. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. ūnapañcabandhanasīkkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘sace therassa patto na ruccati, appicchatāya vā na gaṇhāti, vaṭṭatī’’ti. Pattapariyantoti pariyantapatto, avasānapattoti attho. ‘‘Saṅghamajjhe pattaṃ gāhāpentena alajjiṃ agāhāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Anujānāmi bhikkhave ādhārakanti vuttattā pīṭhādīsu yattha katthaci ādhāraṃ ṭhapetvā tattha pattaṃ ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati ādhāraṭhapanokāsassa aniyamitattā’’ti vadanti. Aparibhogenāti ayuttaparibhogena.
616 在巴利文中,以“以无缚之钵换取无缚之钵;一缚之钵……二缚之钵……三缚之钵……四缚之钵……无缚位之钵……一缚位……二缚位……三缚位……四缚位之钵”的方式,依每一钵有十类、十种钵的换取方式,宣说了一百条舍堕波逸提。于此学处,应知即使乞求尺寸合宜、未受持黑染之钵,亦犯此戒。堪受持的钵,须不足五缚、为己而作、未作乞求、由此所得,此是这里的四个构成要素。显示巴利原文
616. Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘abandhanena pattena abandhanaṃ pattaṃ. Ekabandhanaṃ pattaṃ… dvibandhanaṃ pattaṃ… tibandhanaṃ… catubandhanaṃ… abandhanokāsaṃ… eka… dvi… ti… catubandhanokāsaṃ pattaṃ cetāpetī’’ti evaṃ ekekena pattena dasadhā dasavidhaṃ pattaṃ cetāpanavasena ekanissaggiyapācittiyasataṃ vuttaṃ. Imasmiṃ sikkhāpade pamāṇayuttaṃ aggahitakāḷavaṇṇampi pattaṃ viññāpentassa āpattiyevāti daṭṭhabbaṃ. Adhiṭṭhānupagapattassa ūnapañcabandhanatā, attuddesikatā, akataviññatti, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
三、药学处注释显示巴利原文
3. Bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
622 在第三学处中,“哪些肉是允许的”一语,是为说明舍堕物的对象,而非为说明“哪些肉不被允许,他们之熟酥等便不被允许”。因为人乳等尚且不被允许,何况兔子的熟酥呢?故说“凡有乳者,其熟酥亦必有”。有人说“此是依多数而言”。所谓“作受持后放置”,乃未作受持而自行取来放置。自己所作的无混杂食物,是就当日食前而言。若问:食用自己所作的无混杂食物,何故不算自煮?答:“因加热生酥不算自煮。”由有基质而受持者,其性质随顺基质,故说“有基质而受持”。所谓“以食后所受体”,是指食后所受的乳与酪。食前以受持物所作者,可施用于涂身等,此是关联。所谓“两者”,即指食后所受的乳酪与食前以受持物所作之物。同理,即成为舍堕。在不允许食肉的众生的熟酥中,即在不许可的肉类的熟酥中。于说明相似理由后,即说“因是同类,故有熟酥的性质”这一相似理由。显示巴利原文
622. Tatiyasikkhāpade yesaṃ maṃsaṃ kappatīti idaṃ nissaggiyavatthudassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana yesaṃ maṃsaṃ na kappati, tesaṃ sappiādīni na kappantīti dassanatthaṃ. Manussakhīrādīnipi hi no na kappanti, kuto sasassa sappīti āha ‘‘yesañhi khīraṃ atthi, sappipi tesaṃ atthiyevā’’ti. ‘‘Idañca yebhuyyena vutta’’nti vadanti. Uggahitakaṃ katvā nikkhittanti appaṭiggahitaṃ sayameva gahetvā nikkhittaṃ. Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭatīti tadahupurebhattameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Atha sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisaṃ bhuñjantassa kasmā sāmaṃpāko na hotīti āha – ‘‘navanītaṃ tāpentassa hi sāmaṃpāko na hotī’’ti. Savatthukapaṭiggahitassa vatthugatikattā āha – ‘‘savatthukassa paṭiggahitattā’’ti. Pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitehīti pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitakhīradadhīhi. Purebhattampi ca uggahitakehi kataṃ abbhañjanādīsu upanetabbanti sambandho. Ubhayesampīti pacchābhattaṃ paṭiggahitakhīradadhīhi ca purebhattaṃ uggahitakehi ca katānaṃ. Eseva nayoti nissaggiyaṃ hotīti attho. Akappiyamaṃsasappimhīti akappiyamaṃsasattānaṃ sappimhi. Kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvāti sajātiyānaṃ sappibhāvatoti kāraṇapatirūpakaṃ vatvā.
应依熟酥的道理来理解,即纯粹无混杂者可存放七日。此处,指生酥。所谓“洗净者可用”,若未洗净,则成为有基质而受持。因此,长老们的意趣是:洗净后受持,可存放七日。关于“唯食用从酪浆中取出者”,应知:从酪浆中取出者,即使未洗,受持后食用时,或洗或煮而后食用。长老的意趣是:虽受持了混有酪团等物之食,后来洗净或煮后食用,于有基质受持亦无过失。故阐释此意趣者说:“因此,食用生酥者……此是此处意趣。”有人不知“唯食用从酪浆中取出者”一语之意趣,而说:“从酪浆中取出者,即使未洗、混有酪团等物,亦可在非时食用。”此不应采纳。因为不可说混有酪团等杂味的生酥可以食用。所谓“食用生酥者”,即食用未洗而受持的生酥者。“酪”即酪中所含,如“粪中所含、尿中所含”。由“将尽”一词,应知加入乳而煮成的熟酥等在非时亦可用。所谓“生疑”,即“有疑者”,以此显示自己于此亦有疑惑。因此,《本母注释》中说:“澄清的熟酥或生酥可以煮。”所谓“受持他们后”,即受持他们乳与酪后。显示巴利原文
Sappinayeneva veditabbanti nirāmisameva sattāhaṃ vaṭṭatīti attho. Etthāti navanīte. Dhotaṃ vaṭṭatīti adhotaṃ ce, savatthukapaṭiggahitaṃ hoti, tasmā dhotaṃ paṭiggahetvā sattāhaṃ nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭatīti therānaṃ adhippāyo. Takkato uddhaṭamattameva khādiṃsūti ettha takkato uddhaṭamattaṃ adhotampi paṭiggahetvā paribhuñjantā dhovitvā pacitvā vā paribhuñjiṃsūti evamattho gahetabbo. Therassa hi dadhiguḷikādisahitampi paṭiggahitaṃ pacchā dhovitvā pacitvā vā paribhuñjantassa savatthukapaṭiggahaṇe doso natthīti adhippāyo, teneva therassa adhippāyaṃ dassentena ‘‘tasmā navanītaṃ paribhuñjantena…pe… ayamettha adhippāyo’’ti vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘takkato uddhaṭamattameva khādiṃsū’’ti vacanassa adhippāyaṃ ajānantā ‘‘takkato uddhaṭamattaṃ adhotampi dadhiguḷikādisahitaṃ vikālepi paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Na hi dadhiguḷikādiāmisena saṃsaṭṭharasaṃ navanītaṃ paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatīti sakkā vattuṃ. Navanītaṃ paribhuñjantenāti adhovitvā paṭiggahitanavanītaṃ paribhuñjantena. Dadhi eva dadhigataṃ yathā ‘‘gūthagataṃ muttagata’’nti (ma. ni. 2.119). Khayaṃ gamissatīti vacanato khīraṃ pakkhipitvā pakkasappiādipi vikāle kappatīti veditabbaṃ. Kukkuccāyanti kukkuccakāti iminā attanāpi tattha kukkuccasabbhāvaṃ dīpeti. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. bhesajjasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘nibbaṭṭitasappi vā navanītaṃ vā pacituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tāni paṭiggahetvāti tāni khīradadhīni paṭiggahetvā.
“受持后放置的药品”,指受持后放置的终身药。根据所说的方法,如同米等不经烹煮,同样地,由有惭者准备后给予,这是指有惭的沙弥;再者,不应让无惭者制作任何可吞咽之物,因此才这样说。“受持芝麻后所作的油”,是指自己不进行炒等工序而获得的油。因此说“即使有杂味也可用”。因为它已澄清,即从时药中分离出来。“两者”,指自己作的与他人作的。若存放至天明,便成舍堕罪:第七日所作的油,若存放至天明,即犯舍堕。显示巴利原文
Paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitabhesajjehīti paṭiggahetvā ṭhapitayāvajīvikabhesajjehi. Vuttanayena yathā taṇḍulādīni na paccanti, tathā lajjīyeva sampādetvā detīti lajjīsāmaṇeraggahaṇaṃ, apica alajjinā ajjhoharitabbaṃ yaṃ kiñci abhisaṅkharāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati, tasmāpi evamāha. Tile paṭiggahetvā katatelanti attanā bhajjanādīni akatvā gahitatelaṃ. Teneva ‘‘sāmisampi vaṭṭatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Nibbaṭṭitattāti yāvakālikavatthuto vivecitattā. Ubhayampīti attanā ca parena ca kataṃ. Yāva aruṇassa uggamanā tiṭṭhati, nissaggiyanti sattamadivase katatelaṃ sace yāva aruṇuggamanā tiṭṭhati, nissaggiyaṃ.
623 “熊脂等”,由于允许了属于恶作罪的对象的脂肪,所以只允许了与那些类似的、同属恶作罪的不许食肉众生的脂肪,而并未允许属于偷兰遮罪的对象——人的脂肪,因此说“除了人脂”。所谓“混合”,是指经过过滤的。有人说:“于时中所受持者,在非时即使是由未受具足戒者煮过并混合的,食用也会犯两个恶作罪。”因为加入了乳酪等共煮油,故渣滓不可用,唯油可用。因此说:“如同煮油渣滓一样令人疑惑。”问:“若与脂肪同煮便不可用,为何此者可用?”他们问:“尊者……”等。答:“此者可用。”意思是:此与酪团等共煮的生酥,难道不是可用的吗?显示巴利原文
623.Acchavasanti dukkaṭavatthuno vasāya anuññātattā taṃsadisānaṃ dukkaṭavatthūnaṃyeva akappiyamaṃsasattānaṃ vasā anuññātā, na thullaccayavatthūnaṃ manussānaṃ vasāti āha ‘‘ṭhapetvā manussavasa’’nti . Saṃsaṭṭhanti parissāvitaṃ. ‘‘Kāle paṭiggahitaṃ vikāle anupasampannenapi nippakkaṃ saṃsaṭṭhañca paribhuñjantassa dvepi dukkaṭāni hontiyevā’’ti vadanti. Yasmā khīradadhiādīni pakkhipitvā telaṃ pacanti, tasmā kasaṭaṃ na vaṭṭati, telameva vaṭṭati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pakkatelakasaṭe viya kukkuccāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Sace vasāya saddhiṃ pakkattā na vaṭṭati, idaṃ kasmā vaṭṭatī’’ti pucchantā ‘‘bhante’’tiādimāhaṃsu. Etaṃ vaṭṭatīti nanu etaṃ dadhiguḷikādīhi pakkaṃ navanītaṃ vaṭṭatīti attho.
“Madhukarīhi”即指蜜蜂(madhumakkhikā),这是对小蝇类与熊蜂类的通称——三部《甘提帕达》中都这样说。然而有些人说:“在杖杆上有 madhukarā,称为 madhukarī makkhikā”,并说:“由这些 madhukarī 等三种蝇所造的蜜,即名为……”所谓“熊蜂类”,指大熊蜂。“与石蜜相似”,指浓厚成熟的蜜。“另一种”,指稀薄的蜜。“蜜片”,指不含蜜而仅是蜜的片状物。他们说,如果取带有蜜的片状物存放,由于片状物具有容器的作用,依蜜而言,超过七日便成舍堕罪。然而,“沾有蜜的,仍属蜜类”这一说法,与此意义并不相符。显示巴利原文
‘‘Madhukarīhi nāma madhumakkhikāhīti ayaṃ khuddakamakkhikānaṃ bhamaramakkhikānañca sāmaññaniddeso’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Keci pana ‘‘daṇḍakesu madhukarā madhukarī makkhikā nāmā’’ti vatvā ‘‘tāhi madhukarīādīhi tīhi makkhikāhi kataṃ madhu nāmā’’ti vadanti. Bhamaramakkhikāhīti mahābhamaramakkhikāhi. Silesasadisanti ghanapakkaṃ vuttaṃ. Itaranti tanukamadhu. Madhupaṭalanti madhurahitaṃ kevalaṃ madhupaṭalaṃ. ‘‘Sace madhusahitaṃ paṭalaṃ paṭiggahetvā nikkhipanti, paṭalassa bhājanaṭṭhāniyattā madhuno vasena sattāhātikkame nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti, ‘‘madhumakkhitaṃ pana madhugatikamevā’’ti iminā taṃ na sameti.
“糖”名为从甘蔗所产生。由于圣典中未加区分地说,而注释书也说“以甘蔗汁为始……无渣的甘蔗制品应知为‘糖’”,因此应知甘蔗汁即使无渣也是七日时限。然而有人说了“蜜中四种时限应随宜配合,甘蔗中也是如此”,又说“带蜂蛹的蜜块是食时限,无蛹而掺水的是夜分时限,未掺水的是七日时限,纯净蜜蜡是终生时限;同样,甘蔗或汁带渣是食时限,无渣而掺水的是夜分时限,未掺水的是七日时限,纯净渣是终生时限”,之后还作了许多铺陈。其中“掺水的蜜或掺水的甘蔗汁是夜分时限”这一说法,在圣典和注释书中都未见。至于“食时限之物虽较沉重,但葡萄品种之汁与之混合后,能使较轻的夜分时限性生起;水虽较轻,但与七日时限之物混合后,能使较重的夜分时限性生起”,此中道理只能问说者本人,因为一切处中,圣典与注释书所显示的只是:通过掺水,即使较重之物也会变为较轻。圣典中也说:“诸比丘,我允许病者用糖,非病者用糖水”,由此,即使非病者不宜食用的糖,一旦掺水,非病者也可用,这是被允许的。显示巴利原文
‘‘Phāṇitaṃ nāma ucchumhā nibbatta’’nti pāḷiyaṃ avisesena vuttattā aṭṭhakathāyañca ‘‘ucchurasaṃ upādāya…pe… avatthukā ucchuvikati ‘phāṇita’nti veditabbā’’ti vacanato ucchurasopi nikkasaṭo sattāhakālikoti veditabbo. Kenaci pana ‘‘madhumhi cattāro kālikā yathāsambhavaṃ yojetabbā, ucchumhi cā’’ti vatvā ‘‘samakkhikaṇḍaseḷakaṃ yāvakālikaṃ, aneḷakaṃ udakasambhinnaṃ yāmakālikaṃ, asambhinnaṃ sattāhakālikaṃ, madhusitthaṃ parisuddhaṃ yāvajīvikaṃ, tathā ucchu vā raso vā sakasaṭo yāvakāliko, nikkasaṭo udakasambhinno yāmakāliko, asambhinno sattāhakāliko, suddhakasaṭaṃ yāvajīvika’’nti ca vatvā uttaripi bahudhā papañcitaṃ. Tattha ‘‘udakasambhinnaṃ madhu vā ucchuraso vā udakasambhinno yāmakāliko’’ti idaṃ neva pāḷiyaṃ, na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ dissati. ‘‘Yāvakālikaṃ samānaṃ garutarampi muddikājātirasaṃ attanā saṃsaṭṭhaṃ lahukaṃ yāmakālikabhāvaṃ upanentaṃ udakaṃ lahutaraṃ sattāhakālikaṃ attanā saṃsaṭṭhaṃ garutaraṃ yāmakālikabhāvaṃ upanetī’’ti ettha kāraṇaṃ soyeva pucchitabbo, sabbattha pāḷiyaṃ aṭṭhakathāyañca udakasambhedena garutarassapi lahubhāvopagamanaṃyeva dassitaṃ. Pāḷiyampi hi ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, gilānassa guḷaṃ, agilānassa guḷodaka’’nti (mahāva. 284) vadantena agilānena paribhuñjituṃ ayuttopi guḷo udakasambhinno agilānassapi vaṭṭatīti anuññāto.
又,有人举出注释书文句:“甘蔗若是食时限,甘蔗汁若是夜分时限,糖若是七日时限,皮若是终生时限”,然后另有某人说“甘蔗汁掺水是夜分时限”,然而此说由于在这部《一切善见》律藏注释中并无那样的注释文句,故不应视为核心定论。正因如此,有些阿阇梨说:“甘蔗汁无论掺水与否,都只是七日时限。”在《药犍度》“诸比丘,我允许甘蔗汁”处,三部《甘提帕达》都不加区别地说“甘蔗汁是七日时限”。显示巴利原文
Yampi ca ‘‘ucchu ce yāvakāliko, ucchuraso ce yāmakāliko, phāṇitaṃ ce sattāhakālikaṃ, taco ce yāvajīviko’’ti aṭṭhakathāvacanaṃ dassetvā ‘‘ucchuraso udakasambhinno yāmakāliko’’ti aññena kenaci vuttaṃ, tampi tathāvidhassa aṭṭhakathāvacanassa imissā samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya abhāvato na sārato paccetabbaṃ. Tatoyeva ca ‘‘ucchuraso udakena sambhinnopi asambhinnopi sattāhakālikoyevā’’ti keci ācariyā vadanti. Bhesajjakkhandhake ca ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, ucchurasa’’nti (mahāva. 300) ettha tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu avisesena vuttaṃ ‘‘ucchuraso sattāhakāliko’’ti.
“自作的、非肉食的方可用”——在此,即使未经过滤而受持的,在制作时也应过滤去渣,然后才可视为自作。所谓“烧蔗糖”,是指在被火烧过的甘蔗田里,用烧过的甘蔗所制的糖。所谓“捣蔗糖”,是指将甘蔗切成细碎,捣压榨汁后煮成,且大多带渣的糖。由于那种渣滓不算入内,故说“那是合适的”。所谓“以冷水作成”,是指将蜜花投入冷水中揉搓,待花汁入水后,取此水煮制而成的糖。“掺入乳汁制成的蜜花糖是食时限”——此处,若问:掺入乳汁煮成的油为何在非时可用?答:投入油中的乳汁即成为油;但另以乳汁掺入制成的,则保持乳汁性,这是此中的理由。若如此,碎糖也是掺入乳汁制成的,为何可用?因此说“然而碎糖……”等。其中,“乳沫”即乳的泡沫。显示巴利原文
Sayaṃkataṃ nirāmisameva vaṭṭatīti ettha aparissāvitaṃ paṭiggahitampi karaṇasamaye parissāvetvā kasaṭaṃ apanetvāva attanā katanti gahetabbaṃ. Jhāmaucchuphāṇitanti agginā daḍḍhe ucchukhette jhāmaucchunā kataphāṇitaṃ. Koṭṭitaucchuphāṇitanti khuddānukhuddakaṃ chinditvā koṭṭetvā nippīḷetvā pakkaṃ yebhuyyena ca sakasaṭaṃ phāṇitaṃ. Tādisassa ca kasaṭassa abbohārikattā ‘‘taṃ yutta’’nti vuttaṃ. Sītudakena katanti madhukapupphāni sītodake pakkhipitvā madditvā puppharase udakagate sati taṃ udakaṃ gahetvā pacitvā kataphāṇitaṃ. Khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ madhukaphāṇitaṃ yāvakālikanti ettha khīraṃ pakkhipitvā pakkatelaṃ kasmā vikāle vaṭṭatīti ce? Tele pakkhittakhīraṃ telameva hoti, aññaṃ pana khīraṃ pakkhipitvā kataṃ khīrabhāvaṃ gaṇhātīti idamettha kāraṇaṃ. Yadi evaṃ khaṇḍasakkharampi khīraṃ pakkhipitvā karonti, taṃ kasmā vaṭṭatīti āha ‘‘khaṇḍasakkharaṃ panā’’tiādi. Tattha khīrajallikanti khīrapheṇaṃ.
在说明“药限”时,以“有七种限”等语,其余也是以举要的方式说明。“Vikaṭa”指因其非本性之药故为vikaṭa,即变形、不正常的意思。由于允许了即使是不净肉类的脂肪,故说“脂肪限”。由于允许了即使粗大而能滋养身体的酥油等作为药,故说“药限”。他们说:“因为说‘从食后起,若有因缘’,所以受持的药物从第二天起,食前若有因缘也应服用;但不可为了食用目的而服用,因为是为药用的目的而受持的。”显示巴利原文
Bhesajjodissaṃ dassentena ‘‘sattavidhañhi odissaṃ nāmā’’tiādinā itarānipi atthuddhāravasena vuttāni. Vikaṭānīti apakatibhesajjattā vikaṭāni, virūpānīti attho. Dukkaṭavatthūnampi akappiyamaṃsānaṃ vasāya anuññātattā ‘‘vasodissa’’nti vuttaṃ. Oḷārikānampi āhāratthaṃ pharituṃ samatthānaṃ sappiādīnaṃ bhesajjanāmena anuññātattā ‘‘bhesajjodissa’’nti vuttaṃ . ‘‘Pacchābhattato paṭṭhāya sati paccayeti vuttattā paṭiggahitabhesajjāni dutiyadivasato paṭṭhāya purebhattampi sati paccaye paribhuñjitabbāni, na āhāratthaṃ bhesajjatthāya paṭiggahitattā’’ti vadanti.
624 624.“在门、窗、门扇上”:指大门上的窗户和门扇的叶片。那些投入染汁中的衣物舍弃了自身的本色,因此说“应涂抹”,意为为了防护蛀虫等而应当涂抹。“决意”是指生起这样的心念:“现在此物不再是我的食用物,将用于外部受用。”因此他说:“酥油、油、脂肪,或涂头之油,或涂身油”等。他们说:“如此决意后,即舍弃了受持。”显示巴利原文
624.Dvāravātapānakavāṭesūti mahādvārassa vātapānānañca kavāṭaphalakesu. Kasāve pakkhittāni tāni attano sabhāvaṃ pariccajanti, tasmā ‘‘makkhetabbānī’’ti vuttaṃ, ghuṇapāṇakādiparihāratthaṃ makkhetabbānīti attho. Adhiṭṭhetīti ‘‘idāni mayhaṃ ajjhoharaṇīyaṃ na bhavissati , bāhiraparibhogatthāya gamissatī’’ti cittaṃ uppādetīti attho. Tenevāha – ‘‘sappiñca telañca vasañca muddhani telaṃ vā abbhañjanaṃ vā’’tiādi. ‘‘Evaṃ adhiṭṭhitañca paṭiggahaṇaṃ vijahatī’’ti vadanti.
625 625.“如果两人共有的物品由一人受持后尚未分配,则不可使用”——此处中间有脱文,但应如此理解文句:“如果两人共有的物品由一人受持后尚未分配,超过七日时两人都无犯,但不可使用。”否则,语句的文法也不通顺。《甘提帕达》中也显示了同样的文句。其中,“两人都无犯”的意思是:如同他人的物品由一人受持,超过七日并不成为应舍罪,因为是他人所有之物;同样,此物因未分配而为两人共有,由于不可分割,故不成为应舍罪——这是其意旨。而“但不可使用”的意思是:由于是比丘所受持,超过七日,任何比丘都不可使用,因为受持的酥油等物的使用时限被限定在七日之内。经中确实说过:“受持那些物品后,最多可蓄存七日而使用。”然而,三部《甘提帕达》都未注意到此处文句的脱漏,而将“但不可使用”解释为“这是针对七日内的使用而说,由于没有信任取用,故不可使用”,这种解释不应采纳。显示巴利原文
625.Sace dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ avibhattaṃ hoti, paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭatīti ettha majjhe pāṭho parihīno, evaṃ panettha pāṭho veditabbo ‘‘sace dvinnaṃ santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ avibhattaṃ hoti, sattāhātikkame dvinnampi anāpatti, paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Aññathā pana saddappayogopi na saṅgacchati. Gaṇṭhipadepi ca ayameva pāṭho dassito. Tattha dvinnampi anāpattīti yathā aññassa santakaṃ ekena paṭiggahitaṃ sattāhātikkamena nissaggiyaṃ na hoti parasantakabhāvato, evamidampi avibhattattā ubhayasādhāraṇampi avinibbhogabhāvato nissaggiyaṃ na hotīti adhippāyo. Paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭatīti bhikkhunā paṭiggahitattā sattāhātikkame yassa kassaci bhikkhuno paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati paṭiggahitasappiādīnaṃ paribhogassa sattāheneva paricchinnattā. ‘‘Tāni paṭiggahetvā sattāhaparamaṃ sannidhikārakaṃ paribhuñjitabbānī’’ti hi vuttaṃ. Gaṇṭhipadesu pana tīsupi idha pāṭhassa parihīnabhāvaṃ asallakkhetvā ‘‘paribhuñjituṃ pana na vaṭṭatīti idaṃ antosattāhe paribhogaṃ sandhāya vuttanti saññāya vissāsaggāhābhāvato paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭatī’’ti evamattho vutto, so na gahetabbo.
善知之师,众生仅以一星期所受用者,便能显现该受用已届满,须当舍弃之理。此为何过?初则因为双方的习惯相同,无过错故。现今因一方拥有舍弃的习性,双方本无共通之处,故立于差别之中。于是便有以超出一星期期限之过为念,猜疑道:『何以舍弃之因,成于受用者之过?譬如其所有月经已生,如何?』此处因差别而说“无差别”之因,说明以『以受用者所受用者,故应舍弃』言,乃表明舍弃之故。今当舍弃习性既无共通,虽一方有月经,因彼所取之物,彼方有月经,故言近月取舍如彼舍弃,非因舍弃言不舍时,在非差别本有之超期过;舍弃不舍时,正以舍弃时无差别故,成无过者。若他方以其所受用而自周内部分舍,虽超一星期必无过,因超期无差别,而他方无受用之性。以此近月现象,如同他方受用近月,在受用性上无过。此理若不明,则被外道等以不同见解混淆,非智者当辨。显示巴利原文
Āvuso, imaṃ telaṃ sattāhamattaṃ paribhuñja tvanti iminā yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tena antosattāheyeva parassa vissajjitabhāvaṃ dasseti. Kassa āpattīti paṭhamaṃ tāva ubhinnaṃ sādhāraṇattā anāpatti vuttā. Idāni pana ekena itarassa vissaṭṭhabhāvato ubhayasādhāraṇatā natthīti vibhattasadisaṃ hutvā ṭhitaṃ, tasmā ettha paṭiggahitassa sattāhātikkame ekassa āpattiyā bhavitabbanti maññamāno ‘‘kiṃ paṭiggahaṇapaccayā paṭiggāhakassa āpatti, udāhu yassa santakaṃ jātaṃ, tassā’’ti pucchati. Nissaṭṭhabhāvatoyeva ca idha ‘‘avibhattabhāvato’’ti kāraṇaṃ avatvā ‘‘yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tena vissajjitattā’’ti vuttaṃ. Idañca vissaṭṭhabhāvato ubhayasādhāraṇataṃ pahāya ekassa santakaṃ hontampi yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tato aññassa santakaṃ jātaṃ, tasmā parasantakapaṭiggahaṇe viya paṭiggāhakassa paṭiggahaṇapaccayā natthi āpattīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ, na pana ‘‘yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tena vissajjitattā’’ti vacanato avissajjite sati avibhattepi sattāhātikkame āpattīti dassanatthaṃ avissajjite avibhattabhāvatoyeva anāpattiyā siddhattā. Sace pana itaro yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tasseva antosattāhe attano bhāgampi vissajjeti, sattāhātikkame siyā āpatti yena paṭiggahitaṃ, tasseva santakabhāvamāpannattā itarassa appaṭiggahitattā. Iminā tassa santakabhāvepi aññena paṭiggahitasakasantake viya tena appaṭiggahitabhāvato anāpattīti dīpeti. Idaṃ pana adhippāyaṃ ajānitvā ito aññathā gaṇṭhipadakārādīhi papañcitaṃ, na taṃ sārato paccetabbaṃ.
“不可受用”者,即对某物,因是不合意、或已掉落等,故不成为可受用。“彼心”是指以欲舍离之心。“七日内”者,因有殊胜之义,大善见长老依“于七日内无顾恋地施与、获得、受用”此关联而说“如是于七日内施与”等语。大莲华长老则说:“若已确立舍离,虽已舍可得而受用,但超过七日仍不可行。”因此对此说明:“不可请求”。他比丘以清净心受与者,我亦可取用。所受用的受用性、自己的所有物及超过期限,即此三者。显示巴利原文
Aparibhogaṃ hotīti kassaci amanuññassa patitattā paribhogārahaṃ na hoti. Yena cittenāti yena pariccajitukāmatācittena. ‘‘Antosattāhe’’ti adhikārattā ‘‘antosattāhe anapekkho datvā paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjatī’’ti imaṃ sambandhaṃ sandhāya mahāsumattherena ‘‘evaṃ antosattāhe datvā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Mahāpadumatthero pana yadi evaṃ ‘‘vissajjetī’’ti imināva taṃ siddhaṃ, sattāhātikkantaṃ pana nissaṭṭhaṃ paṭilabhitvā paribhuñjituṃ na vaṭṭati, tasmā tassa paribhogamukhadassanamidanti āha – ‘‘nayidaṃ yācitabba’’ntiādi. Aññena bhikkhunāti ettha suddhacittena dinnattā sayampi āharāpetvā paribhuñjituṃ vaṭṭatiyeva. Sappiādīnaṃ paṭiggahitabhāvo, attano santakatā, sattāhātikkamoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
四、雨浴衣学处释显示巴利原文
4. Vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
627 627、第四项:“以缝染作净毕而完成”者,谓以缝针等工作完成,一次仅以变色程度的染色及作净点而完成。“时”者,指雨安居时。显示巴利原文
627. Catutthe sibbanarajanakappapariyosānena niṭṭhāpetvāti sūcikammaniṭṭhānena sakimpi vaṇṇabhedamattarajanena kappabindukaraṇena ca niṭṭhāpetvā. Samayeti vassānasamaye.
628 628.“清洗时”是指期间之内(内期)。此半个月既是寻求时节,也是制作时节。有注本载有“此为半月,在此期间若未得雨浴衣,允许寻求与制作,然不许穿着与决意”等文句,此乃讹文。此处应作如下文句方为正理:“此为半月寻求时。”因为后半月并非最初的寻求时节。当知半月结束,即后半月,方为寻求与决意之时。因此,论中于《疑惑度断·中断冷却培育法》那段中解释道:“后半月是寻求时,后半月是寻求与决意时。”是故,此文不应与论释相违,当取此说为读。显示巴利原文
628.Kucchisamayoti antosamayo. ‘‘Ayameko aḍḍhamāso pariyesanakkhettañceva karaṇakkhettañca. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ laddhaṃ kātuñca vaṭṭati, nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭatī’’ti potthakesu pāṭho dissati, so apāṭho. Evaṃ panettha pāṭhena bhavitabbaṃ ‘‘ayameko aḍḍhamāso pariyesanakkhettaṃ. Etasmiñhi antare vassikasāṭikaṃ aladdhaṃ pariyesituṃ vaṭṭati, laddhaṃ kātuṃ nivāsetuṃ adhiṭṭhātuñca na vaṭṭatī’’ti. Na hi gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsassa paṭhamo aḍḍhamāso karaṇakkhettaṃ hoti. ‘‘Aḍḍhamāso seso gimhānanti katvā nivāsetabba’’nti vacanato pana gimhānaṃ pacchimamāsassa pacchimo aḍḍhamāso karaṇakkhettañceva nivāsanakkhettañca hoti. Teneva mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. vahisakasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘gimhānaṃ pacchimo māso pariyesanakkhettaṃ, pacchimo aḍḍhamāso karaṇanivāsanakkhettampī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tasmā pāḷiyā mātikāṭṭhakathāya ca avirodhaṃ icchantena vuttanayeneva pāṭho gahetabbo.
若说“做了展示而令作成者,依非亲友展示学处得无犯”,此语即已显明:“因是后时故,依此学处得犯。”的确,在亲友已邀请之处,后时若仅因令人想起便可发生的罪过,而说比这更重的展示反而不犯,这是说不通的。因此,尊者佛陀达多长老……显示巴利原文
‘‘Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpattī’’ti vadantena ‘‘piṭṭhisamayattā iminā sikkhāpadena āpattī’’ti dīpitā hoti. Na hi ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato piṭṭhisamaye satuppādakaraṇamattenapi sambhavantī āpatti tato garukatarāya viññattiyā na hotīti sakkā vattuṃ. Teneva bhadantabuddhadattācariyena vuttaṃ –
然而,令人想起后,将雨浴衣……
若比丘造成违犯,应在适当之时,依规受惩治。
存在舍堕罪,诸如对亲属、非亲属等;
并于他们中作劝求,如此而成犯行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Katvā pana satuppādaṃ, vassikasāṭicīvaraṃ; Nipphādentassa bhikkhussa, samaye piṭṭhisammate. ‘‘Hoti nissaggiyāpatti, ñātakāñātakādino; Tesuyeva ca viññattiṃ, katvā nipphādane tathā’’ti.
“他犯何罪?”这是问:向自己母亲乞求衣料的人,依哪条学处犯戒?回答:“若向已指定之物乞求,则依‘指定物学处’犯戒。”这表示并非举罪,也不是指僧团中已指定之物。如果说依“向非亲戚乞求学处”,那也不成立,故说“向亲戚乞求则无罪”。“向亲戚乞求时”是省略的文句。所谓“依此义”,是指在雨季衣的背景下,于亲戚已邀请的场合,若生贪求而犯戒;以及依“向非亲戚乞求学处”而无罪。显示巴利原文
Kenassahoti āpattīti assa mātaraṃ cīvaraṃ yācantassa kena sikkhāpadena āpattīti pucchati. ‘‘Pariṇataṃ viññāpentassa pariṇāmanasikkhāpadena āpattī’’ti codanābhāvaṃ dasseti no ca saṅghe pariṇatanti. Atha aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadenāti ce, etampi natthīti āha ‘‘anāpatti ca ñātake’’ti. ‘‘Ñātake viññāpentassā’’ti pāṭhaseso. Imamatthaṃ sandhāyāti piṭṭhisamaye vassikasāṭikatthaṃ ñātakapavāritaṭṭhāne satuppādakaraṇena āpattiṃ, aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpattiñca sandhāya.
“从非亲戚、未邀请之处……乃至……恶作”,这是针对先前未曾给与雨季衣的情况而说。因此,此处若违犯规定,便说为恶作;然而,若先前曾给与,则无违犯。故他说:“那些人……乃至……无违犯。”这里的“此”是指如前所述的舍堕罪。“作乞求后令其成办者”,指从非亲戚、未邀请之处作乞求后令其成办者。通常的雨季衣施主,是指不论依僧团或依个人,未作邀请而每年布施雨季衣的人。所谓“依向非亲戚乞求学处而无罪”,在此处也应理解为依此学处也无罪。因为在腹部不适时,即使向自己的亲戚已邀请的场合说“请给我雨季衣”等而作乞求,也无罪。因此他说:“不应说‘给我这个’,因为这是在寻求时,仅针对非亲戚、未邀请的场合而说。”在《本母注释》(《疑惑度疑·雨季衣学处注释》)中说:“然从自己的亲戚已邀请的场合,以‘请给我雨季衣料’等乞求,也是可以寻求的。”显示巴利原文
Aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato…pe… dukkaṭanti idaṃ vassikasāṭikaṃ adinnapubbe sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tenevettha vattabhede dukkaṭaṃ vuttaṃ, dinnapubbesu pana vattabhedo natthi. Tenevāha – ‘‘ye manussā…pe… vattabhedo natthī’’ti. Idanti yathāvuttanissaggiyapācittiyaṃ. Viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassāti aññātakaappavāritaṭṭhānato viññattiṃ katvā nipphādentassa. Pakatiyā vassikasāṭikadāyakā nāma saṅghavasena vā puggalavasena vā apavāretvā anusaṃvaccharaṃ vassikasāṭikānaṃ dāyakā. Aññātakaviññattisikkhāpadena anāpattīti ettha imināpi sikkhāpadena anāpattīti veditabbaṃ. Kucchisamaye hi attano ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato ‘‘detha me vassikasāṭika’’ntiādinā viññāpentassapi anāpatti. Tenevāha – ‘‘na vattabbā detha meti idañhi pariyesanakāle aññātakaappavārite eva sandhāya vutta’’nti. Mātikāṭṭhakathāyañhi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘attano ñātakapavāritaṭṭhānato pana ‘detha me vassikasāṭikacīvara’ntiādikāya viññattiyāpi pariyesitabba’’nti.
629 “因以空中落下之水故”,据此,以从屋檐边缘落下的雨水沐浴者无罪,这在三处《结文》中都有说明。显示巴利原文
629.‘‘Ākāsato patitaudakenevāti vacanato chadanakoṭiyā patitaudakena nahāyantassa anāpattī’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ.
630 “获得六个月的宽限期”,以此表明:即使在雨安居期间,乃至雨安居的最后一天,未作决意的雨季衣也获得宽限期。因为制作根本衣必须在寒季的最后布萨日完成,所以从热季起获得二十九天的宽限期。即便如此,由于少量或多出的天数不列入计算,故说“此后……乃至……一个月”。以“一日、二日等……乃至……已得且已完成”等语句,显示了如下含义:于入雨安居前一日得衣完成,于前二日……乃至……于前十日得衣完成,或在雨安居期间得衣完成。其中,于阿沙荼月白分满月日已得且已完成的雨季衣,称为“入雨安居前一日得衣完成”。依此类推,于白分第六日已得且已完成的,称为“入雨安居前十日得衣完成”。直到第一个迦提月的满月日为止,在此三个月内已得且已完成的,称为“雨安居期间得衣完成”。因为在第一个迦提月的满月日之后得衣完成者,只要未超过衣时,即使未作决意也可以存放,所以此处不涉及这一讨论。显示巴利原文
630.Cha māse parihāraṃ labhatīti etena antovassepi yāva vassānassa pacchimadivasā akatā parihāraṃ labhatīti dīpitaṃ hoti. Yasmā mūlacīvaraṃ karontena hemantassa pacchimuposathadivaseyeva kātabbaṃ, tasmā gimhānato ekūnatiṃsadivase parihāraṃ labhati, evaṃ santepi appakaṃ ūnamadhikaṃ vā gaṇanūpagaṃ na hotīti katvā ‘‘tato parampi…pe… ekamāsa’’nti vuttaṃ. Ekāhadvīhādivasena…pe… laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā cāti iminā ekāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, dvīhānāgatāya…pe… dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca, antovasse vā laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā cāti ayamattho dassito. Tattha āsāḷhimāsassa juṇhapakkhapuṇṇamiyaṃ laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vassikasāṭikā ‘‘ekāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā cā’’ti vuccati. Eteneva nayena juṇhapakkhassa chaṭṭhiyaṃ laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca ‘‘dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā cā’’ti vuccati. Yāva paṭhamakattikatemāsapuṇṇamī, tāva antotemāse laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca ‘‘antovasse laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā cā’’ti vuccati. Paṭhamakattikatemāsapuṇṇamito parañhi laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca yāva cīvarakālo nātikkamati, tāva anadhiṭṭhahitvā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatīti na tatrāyaṃ vicāraṇā sambhavati.
“应在那个十日之内作决意”——对此虽未予分别而说,但若于雨安居前,即入雨安居日之前一日、二日等得衣者,则应连同这些日子,总共不超过十日,从入雨安居日起,当决意之期到来时,方可作决意;不得在此之前,因之前尚非决意之境。而在雨安居期间得衣者,则应于该雨安居期间,从得衣之日起,不超过十日而作决意。显示巴利原文
Tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabbāti avisesena vuttepi vassānato pubbe ekāhadvīhādivasena anāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya laddhā tehi divasehi saddhiṃ dasāhaṃ anatikkamantena vassūpanāyikadivasato paṭṭhāya adhiṭṭhānakkhettaṃ sampattāyeva adhiṭṭhātabbā, na tato pubbe adhiṭṭhānassa akhettattā. Antovasse pana laddhā tasmiṃyeva antovasse laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya dasāhaṃ anatikkāmetvā adhiṭṭhātabbā.
难道于雨安居前,即使未作决意,也可以超过十日吗?若然,为何将并非决意之境的日子也计入,而说“应在十日之内作决意”呢?正如“于雨安居期间得衣者,只要尚未完成,即使未作决意也可超过十日”,那些超过的日数虽类似非决意之境,但一旦完成,超过十日即成为可计算之列,因此应在完成之日即作决意;同样地,这里也是为显示:雨安居前那些虽非决意之境的日子,从得衣之日起也成为可计算之列。若如此,由于笼统地说“在那个十日之内”,那么于入雨安居日十日前得衣者,是否应在满月日即作决意呢?不会,因为“决意四个月”这句话已否定了这一点。既然如此,那么“于十日前”一语有何作用?这是为了显示:于雨安居前已过十日,在入雨安居日完成者,应在当日即作决意,这就是此处的用意。因此他说:“超过十日而完成者,应在当日即作决意。”显示巴利原文
Nanu ca vassānato pubbe anadhiṭṭhahitvā dasāhaṃ atikkāmetuṃ vaṭṭatiyeva, tasmā adhiṭṭhānassa akhettabhūtepi divase gahetvā ‘‘antodasāhe adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti kasmā vuttaṃ? Yathā ‘‘antovasse laddhāpi yāva na niṭṭhāti, tāva anadhiṭṭhahitvā dasāhaṃ atikkāmetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti akatāya anadhiṭṭhānakkhettasadisāpi atikkantadivasā dasāhaṃ atikkāmetvā niṭṭhitāya gaṇanūpagā hontīti niṭṭhitadivaseyeva adhiṭṭhātabbā, evamidhāpi vassānato pubbe anadhiṭṭhānakkhettabhūtāpi divasā laddhadivasato paṭṭhāya gaṇanūpagā hontīti dassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tasmiṃyeva antodasāhe’’ti avisesena vuttattā dasāhānāgatāya vassūpanāyikāya chaṭṭhiyaṃ laddhā puṇṇamiyaṃ adhiṭṭhātabbāti āpajjatīti? Nāpajjati ‘‘cātumāsaṃ adhiṭṭhātu’’nti vacaneneva paṭikkhittattā. Evaṃ sante ‘‘dasāhānāgatāyā’’ti iminā kiṃ payojananti ce? Vassānato pubbeyeva dasāhe atikkante vassūpanāyikadivase niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbāti dassanatthaṃ vuttanti idamettha payojanaṃ. Tenevāha – ‘‘dasāhātikkame niṭṭhitā tadaheva adhiṭṭhātabbā’’ti.
“若十日不足,则不应超过衣时”,意思是:在三个月期限内,若所剩时间不足十日,衣已获得且已完成者,不应超过衣时。这里要表达的是:“于初迦提月三个月的月圆日之前,从第七日起,已获得并已制成的雨浴衣,由于在十日内已进入衣时,故在那里即便未作决意也可存放。”以此也明确:若雨浴衣未完成,因四月雨安居尚未满,故获得宽限期;若已完成,则宽限期应在不违犯“十日为限”学处的情况下而说。显示巴利原文
Dasāhe appahonte cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti temāsabbhantare dasāhe appahonte laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca cīvarakālaṃ nātikkametabbāti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘paṭhamakattikatemāsapuṇṇamito pubbe sattamito paṭṭhāya laddhā ceva niṭṭhitā ca vassikasāṭikā dasāhe anatikkanteyeva cīvarakālaṃ otiṇṇattā tattha anadhiṭṭhahitvāpi ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti. Iminā ca imaṃ dīpeti – akatā ce vassikasāṭikā, vassānaṃ cātumāsaṃ akatattāyeva parihāraṃ labhati, katāya pana dasāhaparamasikkhāpadaṃ avikopetvā parihāro vattabboti.
“无论何时皆可决意”的意旨是:在四个月期限内,即使已超过十日,也无过失。“应于何时决意……若时日不足,则直至迦提月月圆日获得赋免”,通过这句古伦地语,也阐明了此义:对于未制成的雨浴衣,有四个月的赋免期;对于已制成的,则仅有十日的赋免期。因此他说“再者”等语。显示巴利原文
Yadā vā tadā vā adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭatīti cātumāsabbhantare dasāhe atikkantepi natthi dosoti adhippāyo. ‘‘Kadā adhiṭṭhātabbā…pe… yadi nappahoti, yāva kattikapuṇṇamā parihāraṃ labhatī’’ti imināpi kurundivacanena akatāya vassikasāṭikāya cātumāsaṃ parihāro, katāya dasāhameva parihāroti ayamattho dīpitoyevāti āha ‘‘apicā’’tiādi.
在巴利圣典中,通过“衣服被割断者、衣服丢失者”等语句,开示了舍堕罪的无犯情况。还是说,开示的是裸体沐浴者恶作罪的无犯呢?这里有何可疑之处?因为在所有学处中,凡是在根本学处中可能构成犯戒的情形,便会在该处施设无犯条款以显示其无犯。所以在这里,说它是为了显示舍堕罪的无犯,也合情合理。因为不可能在尚未显示根本罪的无犯之前,就先为显示中间所说的罪的无犯而施设无犯条款。正因如此,在三部《甘提帕达》中都这样说:“‘衣服被割断者、衣服丢失者’——在此处,对于衣服被割断后尚有残余衣者、衣服丢失后尚有残余衣者,于非时穿着或寻找时,无犯。‘于灾难时’——在此处,盗贼抢走未穿着的衣服,因而于非时穿着者,无犯。”在《本母注释》中也说:“衣服被割断者或衣服丢失者,或者‘盗贼抢走未穿着的衣服’,如此于灾难时穿着者,以及疯狂者等,无犯。”然而,在《注释》中,是就裸体沐浴者恶作罪的无犯而说:“‘衣服被割断者’——这是专指雨浴衣而说的。因为对于这些裸体者,身体淋湿时并无犯。而在此处,是指穿着贵重的雨浴衣沐浴时遭遇盗贼危难的情况,故称……”显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyaṃ acchinnacīvarassa naṭṭhacīvarassātiādinā nissaggiyena anāpatti vuttā, udāhu naggassa nahāyato dukkaṭena anāpatti vuttāti? Kimettha pucchitabbaṃ. Sabbasikkhāpadesu hi yattha yattha mūlasikkhāpadena āpattippasaṅgo, tattha tattha anāpattidassanatthaṃ anāpattivāro ārabhīyatīti idhāpi nissaggiyena anāpattidassanatthanti yuttaṃ vattuṃ. Na hi mūlāpattiyā anāpattiṃ adassetvā antarā vuttāya eva āpattiyā anāpattidassanatthaṃ anāpattivāro ārabhīyatīti. Teneva tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvarassa naṭṭhacīvarassa cāti ettha acchinnasesacīvarassa naṭṭhasesacīvarassa ca asamaye nivāsentassa pariyesantassa ca anāpatti . Āpadāsūti ettha anivatthaṃ corā harantīti asamaye nivāsentassa anāpattī’’ti. Mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. vassikasāṭikasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvarassa vā naṭṭhacīvarassa vā anivatthaṃ corā harantīti evaṃ āpadāsu vā nivāsayato ummattakādīnañca anāpattī’’ti. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana naggassa nahāyato dukkaṭeneva anāpattiṃ sandhāya ‘‘acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tesañhi naggānaṃ kāyovassāpane anāpatti. Ettha ca mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nahāyantassa corupaddavo āpadā nāmā’’ti yaṃ vuttaṃ, tattha kāraṇaṃ pariyesitabbaṃ.
如果有人认为,其意旨在于通过“衣服被割断者”等语句来显示两种罪的无犯,即便如此,也不应特别地区分说“衣服被割断者——这是专指雨浴衣而说的”等等。因为那样的话,就应当这样说:“对于衣服被割断后尚有剩余衣者,或衣服丢失后尚有剩余衣者,在非时而穿、非时而寻,以舍堕罪而言无犯;对于雨浴衣被割断者或雨浴衣丢失者,裸体沐浴时,以恶作罪而言无犯;在灾难时,盗贼抢走了未穿着的衣服’,因此在非时穿着者,以舍堕罪而言无犯;穿着贵重的雨浴衣沐浴时被盗贼抢走,裸体沐浴者,以恶作罪而言无犯。”其余在此处的意义显而易见。显示巴利原文
Atha ubhayenapi anāpattidassanatthaṃ ‘‘acchinnacīvarassā’’tiādi āraddhanti evamadhippāyo siyā, evampi ‘‘acchinnacīvarassāti etaṃ vassikasāṭikameva sandhāya vutta’’ntiādinā visesetvā na vattabbaṃ. Evañhi vattabbaṃ siyā ‘‘acchinnasesacīvarassa naṭṭhasesacīvarassa vā asamaye nivāsentassa pariyesantassa ca nissaggiyena anāpatti, acchinnavassikasāṭikassa naṭṭhavassikasāṭikassa vā naggassa nahāyato dukkaṭena anāpatti, āpadāsu anivatthaṃ corā harantīti asamaye nivāsayato nissaggiyena anāpatti, mahagghavassikasāṭikaṃ nivāsetvā nahāyantassa corā haranti, naggassa nahāyato dukkaṭena anāpattī’’ti. Sesamettha uttānameva.
在构成要素方面:雨浴衣是为自己而作、在非时寻找、以及获得它,这些是寻找罪的三个构成要素。自己有衣、无灾难、雨浴衣属于自己、在非时穿着,这些是穿着罪的四个构成要素。显示巴利原文
Aṅgesu pana vassikasāṭikāya attuddesikatā, asamaye pariyesanatā, tāya ca paṭilābhoti imāni tāva pariyesanāpattiyā tīṇi aṅgāni. Sacīvaratā, āpadābhāvo, vassikasāṭikāya sakabhāvo, asamaye nivāsananti imāni nivāsanāpattiyā cattāri aṅgāni.
五、衣断夺学处释显示巴利原文
5. Cīvaraacchindanasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
631 631. 在第五学处中,“yampi tyāhaṃ”里的“yaṃ”是表原因的词语,因此在这里应这样理解其关联:“我将与你一起作乡村游行”——我正是基于这个原因才将衣服给了你,尊者,但你却不这样做,于是他便生气、不悦而夺回。或者,“yaṃ”是指衣服,在那里应这样关联:“我将与你一起作乡村游行”——我基于这个原因而给了你那件衣服,现在我要取回那件衣服,于是他便生气、不悦而夺回。显示巴利原文
631. Pañcame yampi tyāhanti ettha yanti kāraṇavacanaṃ, tasmā evamettha sambandho veditabbo – mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yaṃ kāraṇaṃ nissāya ahaṃ te, āvuso, cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ na karosīti kupito anattamano acchindīti. Yanti vā cīvaraṃ parāmasati, tattha ‘‘mayā saddhiṃ janapadacārikaṃ pakkamissatīti yampi te ahaṃ cīvaraṃ adāsiṃ, taṃ cīvaraṃ gaṇhissāmīti kupito anattamano acchindī’’ti sambandhitabbaṃ.
633 “被吩咐者拿取多件,一个波逸提”——由于“拿取衣服”的吩咐是以一件衣服为限,故唯有一波逸提。“每句话,一恶作”——此处,对未割截之衣,依衣数计波逸提。“一句话,众多罪”——这是针对未割截之衣,依衣数应犯的波逸提罪而说。然由吩咐所犯的恶作罪,唯有一个。显示巴利原文
633.Āṇatto bahūni gaṇhāti, ekaṃ pācittiyanti ‘‘cīvaraṃ gaṇhā’’ti āṇattiyā ekacīvaravisayattā ekameva pācittiyaṃ. Vācāya vācāya dukkaṭanti ettha acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya pācittiyāni. Ekavācāya sambahulā āpattiyoti idaṃ acchinnesu vatthugaṇanāya āpajjitabbaṃ pācittiyāpattiṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Āṇattiyā āpajjitabbaṃ pana dukkaṭaṃ ekameva.
634 “Evaṃ”一词,即引用了“依物品数目计恶作罪”之说。“同样的道理”——这是指衣物松散或紧密放置时,罪的多数与单一性。显示巴利原文
634.Evanti iminā ‘‘vatthugaṇanāya dukkaṭānī’’ti idaṃ parāmasati. Eseva nayoti sithilaṃ gāḷhañca pakkhittāsu āpattiyā bahuttaṃ ekattañca atidissati.
635 在“尊者,我……”等语中,即使怀着想要取回的心而这样说,由于是由他亲自给予的,因此无犯。“他将在我们跟前受具足戒”——这也显示了施予沙弥的情况。因此,虽然巴利圣典中说“比丘亲自给予衣服后”,但须知,即使在未受具足戒时施与,而在受具足戒后夺回,亦犯波逸提。在此,夺回时的受具足戒状态方为判罪标准。“他给”——无论是欢喜给还是生气给。“你们阻止”——即你们遮止。“然而,这样施与是不被允许的”——在此处,应知如此施与之物尚不属于他,不应在未作决意的情况下使用。“但可令人取来”——如此施与之物如同雇佣酬劳,可令人取来。“舍弃后给予”——即按前述方式,并非给予,而是以无执著之心给了他自己。“应依物品价值处罚”——若以“是我自己的”想而取走,应估算物品价值后依罪处罚。最后一件可作净的衣、亲自给予、作“是我自己的”想、是受具足戒者、出于嗔怒而夺回或令人夺回——此即这里的五个构成要素。显示巴利原文
635.Āvuso, mayantiādīsu gaṇhitukāmatāya evaṃ vuttepi teneva dinnattā anāpatti. Amhākaṃ santike upajjhaṃ gaṇhissatīti idaṃ sāmaṇerassapi dānaṃ dīpeti. Tasmā kiñcāpi pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘bhikkhussa sāmaṃ cīvaraṃ datvā’’ti vuttaṃ, tathāpi anupasampannakāle datvāpi upasampannakāle acchindantassa pācittiyamevāti veditabbaṃ. Acchindanasamaye upasampannabhāvoyeva hettha pamāṇaṃ. Detīti tuṭṭho vā kupito vā deti. Rundhathāti nivāretha. Evaṃ pana dātuṃ na vaṭṭatīti ettha evaṃ dinnaṃ na tāva tassa santakanti anadhiṭṭhahitvāva paribhuñjitabbanti veditabbaṃ. Āharāpetuṃ pana vaṭṭatīti evaṃ dinnaṃ bhatisadisattā āharāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. Cajitvā dinnanti vuttanayena adatvā anapekkhena hutvā tasseva dinnaṃ. Bhaṇḍagghena kāretabboti sakasaññāya vinā gaṇhanto bhaṇḍaṃ agghāpetvā āpattiyā kāretabbo. Vikappanupagapacchimacīvaratā, sāmaṃ dinnatā, sakasaññitā, upasampannatā, kodhavasena acchindanaṃ acchindāpanaṃ vāti imānettha pañca aṅgāni.
六、线请求学处释显示巴利原文
6. Suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
636 636. 第六学处中,巴利圣典里的“在制衣时”,是指雨安居结束后比丘们做衣的时节,故称“衣月”。然而,其他任何做衣的时段,也可称为“在制衣时”。显示巴利原文
636. Chaṭṭhe pāḷiyaṃ cīvarakārasamayeti iminā vassaṃvutthabhikkhūnaṃ cīvarakammasamayattā cīvaramāso vutto, athaññopi pana cīvarakammakālo cīvarakārasamayoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
638 638. “以五种混合”:指用亚麻等五种线混合。将线收拢放置之处,其别名为“梭子”。将线穿入后,用以敲击使其紧实之物,称为“织机”。所谓“任何操作”,即任何操作方式。由于线是自己所有,故收拢线之处自然即获,因此说“长度……乃至……织成时,犯舍堕”。巴利经文也正以此义说“因获得而犯舍堕”。因此,衣若增长,罪过便随此尺寸而增长。显示巴利原文
638.Pañcahipimissetvāti khomādīhi pañcahi missetvā. Vītavītaṭṭhānaṃ yattha saṃharitvā ṭhapenti, tassa turīti adhivacanaṃ. Suttaṃ pavesetvā yena ākoṭentā ghanabhāvaṃ sampādenti, taṃ vemanti vuccati. Yaṃ yanti yaṃ yaṃ payogaṃ. Tantūnaṃ attano santakattā vītavītaṭṭhānaṃ paṭiladdhameva hotīti āha ‘‘dīghato…pe… vīte nissaggiyaṃ pācittiya’’nti. Pāḷiyampi hi imināva adhippāyena ‘‘paṭilābhena nissaggiya’’nti vuttaṃ, tasmā yāva cīvaraṃ vaḍḍhati, tāva iminā pamāṇena āpattiyo vaḍḍhanti.
“其余为如法”:在此指以手工请求的方式。依前文所说,犯舍堕:长度约一搩手、宽度约一搩手织成时,犯舍堕。“正是因此”即指由不如法的织工所织。同样犯恶作:在每个分界处犯恶作。“田畦等”:“等”字包含圆轮等图案。关于“在织机上时即应作决意”,他们说:“之后织成之处自然具有已决意的性质,无需再作决意。但如果示现分界后,中间有未织之处,则应再作决意。”同理,达到可分别之量而织成时,在织机上时即应作决意——这是此说的意趣。为衣乞来的线、为己而作、令不如法织工织造,这是此处的三支。显示巴利原文
Seso kappiyoti ettha hatthakammayācanavasena. Pubbe vuttanayena nissaggiyanti dīghaso vidatthimatte tiriyaṃ hatthamatte ca vīte nissaggiyaṃ. Tenevāti akappiyatantavāyena. Tatheva dukkaṭanti paricchede paricchede dukkaṭaṃ. Kedārabaddhādīhīti ādi-saddena acchimaṇḍalabaddhādi gahitaṃ. Tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbanti ettha ‘‘pacchā vītaṭṭhānaṃ adhiṭṭhitagatikameva hoti, puna adhiṭṭhānakiccaṃ natthi. Sace pana paricchedaṃ dassetvā antarantarā avītaṃ hoti, puna adhiṭṭhātabba’’nti vadanti. Eseva nayoti vikappanupagappamāṇamatte vīte tante ṭhitaṃyeva adhiṭṭhātabbanti attho. Cīvaratthāya viññāpitasuttaṃ, attuddesikatā, akappiyatantavāyena vāyāpananti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.
但在《本母注释》中,对「令织」一词,解释为:「朋友,请为我织衣——此即以不如法乞求而令织」,又在诸支中特加说明:「由不如法织工以不如法乞求而令织」。然而此类特别说明,既不见于巴利经文,亦非注释书所出。巴利经文于无犯条款中仅提及「亲属、已受邀请者」等,而注释书亦多就线与织工的如法与否显示义理,并非以乞求的如法与不如法来显示。至于特别说「以不如法乞求而令织」者,并未另行说明何为如法乞求,故应审察而后取。显示巴利原文
Mātikāṭṭhakathāyaṃ (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. suttaviññattisikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) pana vāyāpeyyāti ettha ‘‘cīvaraṃ me, āvuso, vāyathāti akappiyaviññattiyā vāyāpeyyā’’ti atthaṃ vatvā aṅgesupi ‘‘akappiyatantavāyena akappiyaviññattiyā vāyāpana’’nti visesetvā vuttaṃ, tathāvidhaṃ pana visesavacanaṃ neva pāḷiyaṃ, na aṭṭhakathāyaṃ upalabbhati. Pāḷiyampi ‘‘ñātakānaṃ pavāritāna’’nti ettakameva anāpattivāre vuttaṃ, aṭṭhakathāyañca suttatantavāyānameva kappiyākappiyabhāvena bahudhā nayo dassito , na kappiyākappiyaviññattivasenāti. ‘‘Akappiyaviññattiyā vāyāpeyyā’’ti ca visesetvā vadantena ayaṃ nāma kappiyaviññattīti visuṃ na dassitaṃ, tasmā vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbaṃ.
七、大织工学处注释显示巴利原文
7. Mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
642 「若稍作添加」是显示他应作的程度,此中布施并不构成犯戒之支,仅凭增加线便可犯戒。因此,在分别中亦唯显示增加线之相而说犯戒:「依他语而令作长、宽或紧密,作业时犯恶作,获得者犯舍堕。」《本母注释》亦云:「并非比丘仅施食量即犯舍堕。然若他们依此言说,从衣主处取线后,即便稍作延长、展宽或加密,比丘于他们作业时即犯恶作,获得衣时犯舍堕。」于长等七种相中,前三种若不增加线则无从成办,故说「唯显增加线相」。因好织等相,纵不增线亦可成办。其余诸相于此处甚明。往诣非亲属、未受邀请之织工而犯其分别,衣为己作,依他语而增线,获得其衣——此为此处之四支。显示巴利原文
642. Sattame kiñcimattaṃ anupadajjeyyāti idaṃ tassa kattabbākāramattadassanaṃ, dānaṃ panettha aṅgaṃ na hoti suttavaḍḍhanavaseneva āpajjitabbattā. Teneva padabhājanepi ‘‘tassa vacanena āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā karoti, payoge dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiya’’nti suttavaḍḍhanākārameva dassetvā āpatti vuttā. Mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. mahāpesakārasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) vuttaṃ ‘‘na bhikkhuno piṇḍapātadānamattena taṃ nissaggiyaṃ hoti. Sace pana te tassa vacanena cīvarasāmikānaṃ hatthato suttaṃ gahetvā īsakampi āyataṃ vā vitthataṃ vā appitaṃ vā karonti, atha tesaṃ payoge bhikkhuno dukkaṭaṃ, paṭilābhena nissaggiyaṃ hotī’’ti. Āyatādīsu sattasu ākāresu ādimhi tayo ākāre suttavaḍḍhanena vinā na sakkā kātunti āha ‘‘suttavaḍḍhanaākārameva dassetī’’ti. Suvītādayo hi ākāre vināpi suttavaḍḍhanena sakkā kātuṃ. Sesamettha uttānameva. Aññātakaappavāritānaṃ tantavāye upasaṅkamitvā vikappamāpajjanatā, cīvarassa attuddesikatā, tassa vacanena suttavaḍḍhanaṃ, cīvarassa paṭilābhoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
八、急施衣学处注释显示巴利原文
8. Accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
646 「为不迷惑」是指为了令「十日前」一句不起迷惑。「第一句」即「十日前」之句。「那些日子」即那些日子中。「若生起」指从僧团、或别众、或直接向自己生起。「第五」:此处,雨安居僧团于第五月之前所生起的急施衣,于第五月分配后受持,是为急施衣的摄受。若直接向自己生起,则唯于第五月生起者得急施衣摄受,此前则不得,应作如是解。显示巴利原文
646. Aṭṭhame asammohatthanti dasāhānāgatapade asammohatthaṃ. Paṭhamapadassāti dasāhānāgatapadassa. Tāni divasānīti tesu divasesu. Uppajjeyyāti saṅghato vā gaṇato vā ujukaṃ attanoyeva vā uppajjeyya. Pañcamitoti ettha vassaṃ vasantassa saṅghassa pañcamito pubbe uppannaṃ accekacīvaraṃ pañcamiyaṃ vibhajitvā gahitaṃ accekacīvaraparihārameva labhati. Ujukaṃ attanoyeva uppannaṃ ce, pañcamiyaṃ uppannameva accekacīvaraparihāraṃ labhati, na tato pubbeti daṭṭhabbaṃ.
“仅凭信心”:指因闻法等当下生起的唯由信心。“告知衣”:指告知后所给予的衣。若衣于第六日生起,其第十一日黎明即属衣时,故说“从第六日开始”等。而“所存衣”也是借展示主要衣,通指一切多余衣。若问:“即使在衣月,也允许存放多余衣”此说从何而得?答:“即使在未作额外开许的情况下,于本学处中已说‘衣时者,未敷咖提那衣时是雨安居的最后一个月,已敷咖提那衣时是五个月’,又于第三咖提那学处中说‘非时衣者,未敷咖提那衣时于十一个月生起,已敷咖提那衣时于七个月生起’,由此即已开许。”又有人说:“应以注释书之说为准。”显示巴利原文
Saddhāmattakanti dhammassavanādīhi taṅkhaṇuppannaṃ saddhāmattakaṃ. Ārocitaṃ cīvaranti ārocetvā dinnacīvaraṃ. Chaṭṭhiyaṃ uppannacīvarassa ekādasamo aruṇo cīvarakāle uṭṭhātīti āha ‘‘chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāyā’’tiādi. Ṭhapitacīvarampīti padhānacīvaradassanamukhena sabbampi atirekacīvaraṃ vuttaṃ. Atha ‘‘cīvaramāsepi atirekacīvaraṃ nikkhipituṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti idaṃ kuto laddhanti ce? ‘‘Visuṃ ananuññātepi imasmiṃ sikkhāpade ‘cīvarakālasamayo nāma anatthate kathine vassānassa pacchimo māso, atthate kathine pañca māsā’ti vadantena tatiyakathinasikkhāpade ‘akālacīvaraṃ nāma anatthate kathine ekādasamāse uppannaṃ, atthate kathine sattamāse uppanna’nti vadantena ca anuññātameva hotī’’ti vadanti. ‘‘Aṭṭhakathāvacanappamāṇena gahetabba’’nti ca keci.
650 现在,为将初咖提那等前续学处中,对每种衣所取得的蓄衣时限,在此处汇集显示,而说:“如是,多余衣可持十日”等。应取之读法为:“未敷咖提那衣时,有一月又十一日的宽限;已敷咖提那衣时,有五月又十一日的宽限。”然而,此中有人言:“此义虽已由‘多余衣最多可持十日’这一学处成立,但为借因缘生起的方式,显示前所未闻之义,方制定此学处。”进而他们说:“应取之读法为:一月又十日,五月又十日。”这不应采纳,因为那是疏误之读法。何以故?在衣时之前的迦提月满月日,若未以十日为限而得抵及,则不会多出十日;若尔,便应说“离迦提月满月日尚有九日”。显示巴利原文
650. Idāni paṭhamakathinādisikkhāpadehi tassa tassa cīvarassa labbhamānaṃ parihāraṃ idheva upasaṃharitvā dassento ‘‘iti atirekacīvarassa dasāhaṃ parihāro’’tiādimāha. ‘‘Anatthate kathine ekādasadivasādhiko māso, atthate kathine ekādasadivasādhikā pañca māsā’’ti ayameva pāṭho gahetabbo. Keci panettha ‘‘kāmañcesa ‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’nti imināva siddho, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapita’’nti pāṭhaṃ vatvā ‘‘dasadivasādhiko māso, dasadivasādhikā pañca māsāti pāṭhena bhavitabba’’nti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ tassa pamādapāṭhattā. Na hi dasāhena asampattāya kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamāya cīvarakālato pubbe dasa divasā adhikā honti. Evañhi sati ‘‘navāhānāgataṃ kattikatemāsikapuṇṇama’’nti vattabbaṃ.
在《母论注》中(《疑惑度释·急施衣学处注释》)亦云:“从自恣月白分第五日起,明示了所生起衣的储存时限。”随后并出示如是读法:“此义虽已由‘多余衣最多可持十日’这一学处成立,但为借因缘生起的方式,显示前所未闻之义,方制定此学处。”那同样也是疏误之读法。而且,既说“从白分第五日开始”,便可能有前后矛盾,应说“从第六日开始”。唯有如此,方才可称“由十日为限的学处即已成立”。而尊者佛授阿阇梨也采取了这一疏误之读法,并说:显示巴利原文
Mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. accekacīvarasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘pavāraṇamāsassa juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭṭhāya uppannassa cīvarassa nidhānakālo dassito hotī’’ti vatvā ‘‘kāmañcesa ‘dasāhaparamaṃ atirekacīvaraṃ dhāretabba’nti imināva siddho, aṭṭhuppattivasena pana apubbaṃ viya atthaṃ dassetvā sikkhāpadaṃ ṭhapita’’nti pāṭho dassito, sopi pamādapāṭhoyeva. ‘‘Juṇhapakkhapañcamito paṭṭhāyā’’ti ca vuttattā tattheva pubbāparavirodhopi siyā, chaṭṭhito paṭṭhāyāti vattabbaṃ. Evañhi sati ‘‘dasāhaparamasikkhāpadeneva siddha’’nti sakkā vattuṃ. Imameva ca pamādapāṭhaṃ gahetvā bhadantabuddhadattācariyena ca –
对于那急施衣,若咖提那衣未敷展,
许其留置一月,以十日为限。
若咖提那衣已敷展,则其宽限期说为五个月;
而牟尼王所说,乃以十日为限的宽限。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Tassāccāyikavatthassa, kathine tu anatthate; Parihārekamāsova, dasāhaparamo mato. ‘‘Atthate kathine tassa, pañca māsā pakāsitā; Parihāro munindena, dasāhaparamā panā’’ti. –
因于急施衣时生起,故说“类似急施衣”。三部《结节处》中说:“第五日生起的非急施衣,若使超过十日,在衣时之前便犯,而非于衣时过后;因此,就衣时过后不再有可犯之罪而言,说‘于非急施衣作非急施衣想者,无罪’。”此处有四要素:急施衣达到作净之最低量且属于自己;于迦提月满月日前十日时生起;未作受持、未作净;超过衣时。显示巴利原文
Accekacīvarakāle uppannattā ‘‘accekacīvarasadise’’ti vuttaṃ. ‘‘Pañcamiyaṃ uppannaṃ anaccekacīvaraṃ dasāhaṃ atikkāmayato cīvarakālato pubbeyeva āpatti hoti, na cīvarakālātikkame, tasmā cīvarakālātikkame puna āpajjitabbāya āpattiyā abhāvaṃ sandhāya ‘anaccekacīvare anaccekacīvarasaññī anāpattī’ti vutta’’nti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Vikappanupagapacchimappamāṇassa accekacīvarassa attano santakatā, dasāhānāgatāya kattikatemāsikapuṇṇamāya uppannabhāvo, anadhiṭṭhitaavikappitatā, cīvarakālātikkamoti imānettha cattāri aṅgāni.
九、有疑惧学处注释显示巴利原文
9. Sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
652 第九项中“于聚落间”:“antaraghare”意谓诸房屋在此之内,或此属于诸房屋之内,故得名为“聚落间”,也就是行境村。因此说“于村内”。巴利文中的“vippavasanti”(别住),是指那些住于某寺院、将衣存放于聚落间后,又住于别处的比丘。若在该寺院将衣存放于聚落间而住,这是被允许的,所以住于彼处不称为“别住”。“dubbalacoḷā”:即劣衣、破衣或丑衣;因为是劣衣,所以是粗衣。显示巴利原文
652. Navame antaraghareti antare gharāni ettha, etassāti vā antaragharanti laddhavohāre gocaragāme. Tenāha ‘‘antogāme’’ti. Pāḷiyaṃ vippavasantīti idaṃ yasmiṃ vihāre vasantā antaraghare cīvaraṃ nikkhipiṃsu, tato aññattha vasante sandhāya vuttaṃ. Tasmiñhi vihāre antaraghare cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā vasituṃ anuññātattā tattha vāso vippavāso nāma na hoti. Dubbalacoḷā duccoḷā virūpacoḷā vā, duccoḷattā eva lūkhacīvarā.
653 在“成就初禅而住”的分别中,当应提取“成就”一词时,提取了“成就”,然后说“初禅的获得、证得”等,正是针对此而言,故说“如同在‘成就’等词中一样”。以“等”字,应知包含了“或不告而去”等。“前往”:解释了前缀“upa-”的含义。“住”:即圆满地住。由于有“凡与彼有联系者,纵使远在他方亦属于彼”的说法,所以说“此……与此有联系”。其中,“此”指“近住”一词。“应存放”:即应放置。显示巴利原文
653. ‘‘Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharatī’’ti imassa vibhaṅge ‘‘upasampajjā’’ti uddharitabbe ‘‘upasampajja’’nti uddharitvā ‘‘yo paṭhamassa jhānassa lābho paṭilābho’’tiādi vuttaṃ, taṃ sandhāyāha ‘‘upasampajjantiādīsu viyā’’ti. Ādi-saddena ‘‘anāpucchaṃ vā pakkameyyā’’tiādīnaṃ saṅgaho daṭṭhabbo. Upagantvāti upa-saddassa atthamāha. Vasitvāti akhaṇḍaṃ vasitvā. ‘‘Yena yassa hi sambandho, dūraṭṭhampi ca tassa ta’’nti vacanato ‘‘imassa…pe… iminā sambandho’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha imassāti ‘‘upavassa’’nti padassa. Nikkhipeyyāti ṭhapeyya.
至此,对于依前安居入雨安居、圆满住后,在阿兰若处的住所中居住的比丘,在整个迦提月中被允许以三衣别住。因为对于未敷咖提那者,在衣月期间别住是不被允许的;唯对已敷咖提那者,才开许无执受行。然而,有些人说:“未敷咖提那者在衣月期间也可得无执受行。”并作种种戏论,这不应采纳。关于字句的考察:即指“近住、已近住”等的考察。“其”:指“已住雨安居者”这一分别句。而“已住雨安居者”是简别中的属格。因此说:“在这样的比丘们之中”。“在住所中”:此处应联系“那样的”一词。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca purimikāya upagantvā akhaṇḍaṃ katvā vutthavassena āraññakesu senāsanesu viharantena sakalaṃ kattikamāsaṃ ticīvarena vippavasituṃ anuññātaṃ hoti. Anatthatakathinassa hi cīvaramāse vippavāso na vaṭṭati atthatakathinānaṃyeva asamādānacārassa anuññātattā. Keci pana ‘‘anatthatakathinānaṃ cīvaramāsepi asamādānacāro labbhatī’’ti vatvā bahudhā papañcenti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Byañjanavicāraṇanti ‘‘upavassa upavassitvā’’tiādivicāraṇaṃ . Tassapīti ‘‘vutthavassāna’’nti vibhaṅgapadassa. Vutthavassānanti ca niddhāraṇe sāmivacanaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘evarūpānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ abbhantare’’ti. Senāsanesūti ettha tathārūpesūti sambandhitabbaṃ.
关于‘应围之地’:有人说‘所谓应围之地,即两个土块投掷距离’,此说不可取。然而,对于未围起的村庄,应从村边房屋的邻近区域起算,一个土块投掷距离即为应围之地,这是此处的定论。正因如此,《清净道论》(清净道1.31)中也说:‘对于未围起的村庄,从第一个土块投掷距离开始。’‘最前者’是指面向村庄方向的最初部分。‘以彼为界限’是指以最初的卧坐处等为界限。这是依持律者的意见而说;而依中部诵者的意见,则说:‘应舍去卧坐处等的邻近区域中一个土块投掷距离,再行计量。’正因如此,《中部注》中说:‘对于寺院,也应如同村庄一样,除去其邻近区域后,在两个土块投掷距离之间进行计量。’‘五弓百’是指以架上之师弓为准,五百弓的量度。‘处处堵塞道路’是指在各处堵塞小路。‘头陀支贼’即依此而显示,此学处亦无支分成就。显示巴利原文
Parikkhepārahaṭṭhānatoti ettha ‘‘parikkhepārahaṭṭhānaṃ nāma dve leḍḍupātā’’ti vadanti, taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Aparikkhittassa pana gāmassa pariyante ṭhitagharūpacārato paṭṭhāya eko leḍḍupāto parikkhepārahaṭṭhānanti idamettha sanniṭṭhānaṃ. Teneva visuddhimaggepi (visuddhi. 1.31) vuttaṃ ‘‘aparikkhittassa paṭhamaleḍḍupātato paṭṭhāyā’’ti. Sabbapaṭhamanti gāmābhimukhadisābhāgato sabbapaṭhamaṃ. Taṃ paricchedaṃ katvāti taṃ paṭhamasenāsanādiṃ paricchedaṃ katvā. Idañca vinayadharānaṃ matena vuttaṃ, majjhimabhāṇakānaṃ matena pana ‘‘senāsanādīnaṃ upacāre ṭhitassa ekaleḍḍupātaṃ muñcitvā minitabba’’nti majjhimabhāṇakā vadanti. Teneva majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘vihārassapi gāmasseva upacāraṃ nīharitvā ubhinnaṃ leḍḍupātānaṃ antarā minitabba’’nti vuttaṃ. Pañcadhanusatikanti āropitena ācariyadhanunā pañcadhanusatappamāṇaṃ. Tato tato maggaṃ pidahatīti tattha tattha khuddakamaggaṃ pidahati. Dhutaṅgacoroti iminā imassapi sikkhāpadassa aṅgasampattiyā abhāvaṃ dīpeti.
‘有怖畏者’是指被认定为有怖畏者:因见到盗贼盘踞之处等,故被认定为‘有怖畏者’。‘存在强大恐惧者’意指:因见到人们被盗贼杀害、掠夺、殴打的情形,故为存在强大恐惧者。‘若是后边者’等,是以反面方式阐明前面已说之义。而‘若为乞食’等,则是特别显示前面所说的量度。‘有怖畏且有恐惧者即可’:此处,不论是有怖畏者还是有恐惧者,皆可。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sāsaṅkānī’’ti sammatānīti corānaṃ niviṭṭhokāsādidassanena ‘‘sāsaṅkānī’’ti sammatāni. Sannihitabalavabhayānīti corehi manussānaṃ hataviluttākoṭitabhāvadassanato sannihitabalavabhayānīti attho. Sace pacchimikāyātiādinā vuttamevatthaṃ byatirekamukhena vibhāveti. Yatra hi piṇḍāyātiādinā vuttappamāṇameva visesetvā dasseti. Sāsaṅkasappaṭibhayamevāti ettha sāsaṅkaṃ vā sappaṭibhayaṃ vā hotu, vaṭṭatiyeva.
依巴利圣典所说:‘若彼比丘有某种因缘而须离衣宿,彼比丘最多可离该衣宿六夜。’这是开许:若将衣置于村落内的住所,而住于该寺院者,有需往他处之事时,可离衣宿于寺院外六夜。因为所说的是离住处六夜宿于他处,而非住于该寺院内者。由此又说:‘再入村界者,此处若乞食村之东方有卧坐处,而此人去了西方’等。正因如此,在《本母注释》(疑惑·有怖畏学处注释)中也解释了‘若超过此而离宿’的意思:‘超过六夜,于该卧坐处令第七日黎明升起。’而佛音尊者则将此义说得更为明白。正如他所说:显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyaṃ ‘‘siyā ca tassa bhikkhuno kocideva paccayo tena cīvarena vippavāsāya, chārattaparamaṃ tena bhikkhunā tena cīvarena vippavasitabba’’nti iminā antaraghare cīvaraṃ nikkhipitvā tasmiṃ vihāre vasantassa aññattha gamanakicce sati vihārato bahi chārattaṃ vippavāso anuññāto. Vasanaṭṭhānato hi aññattha chārattaṃ vippavāso vutto, na tasmiṃ vihāre vasantassa. Tena ca ‘‘puna gāmasīmaṃ okkamitvāti ettha sace gocaragāmato puratthimāya disāya senāsanaṃ, ayañca pacchimadisaṃ gato hotī’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Tatoyeva ca mātikāṭṭhakathāyampi (kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. sāsaṅkasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā) ‘‘tato ce uttari vippavaseyyā’’ti ettha ‘‘chārattato uttari tasmiṃ senāsane sattamaṃ aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpeyyā’’ti attho vutto. Bhadantabuddhadattācariyena pana pākaṭataraṃ katvā ayamevattho vutto. Vuttañhi tena –
若比丘以某村为乞食范围,住于阿兰若处;
可将该衣存放于彼村中,最多一月,是允许的。
若住于他处者,至多六夜,是允许的;
这,就是它隐晦的含义,已得阐明。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ gāmaṃ gocaraṃ katvā, bhikkhu āraññake vase; Tasmiṃ gāme ṭhapetuṃ taṃ, māsamekantu vaṭṭati. ‘‘Aññattheva vasantassa, chārattaparamaṃ mataṃ; Ayamassa adhippāyo, paṭicchanno pakāsito’’ti.
因有“在拘睒弥,有一比丘患病”的文句,故说:“开许拘睒弥人之认可”。对拘睒弥比丘所作的认可,即称为拘睒弥人之认可。“来到卧坐处”是针对曾住过的寺院而说,因此即使在该村邻近区域内的其他寺院,也不得在那里过夜至明相现起。“住后”即指使明相现起之后。因所去之处太远,故说“若不能如此”。“即于彼处”是指就在所去的那一处。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kosambiyaṃ aññataro bhikkhu gilāno hotī’’ti āgatattā ‘‘kosambakasammuti anuññātā’’ti vuttaṃ. Kosambakassa bhikkhuno sammuti kosambakasammuti. Senāsanaṃ āgantvāti vusitavihārasseva sandhāya vuttattā tasmiṃ gāmūpacārepi aññasmiṃ vihāre aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Vasitvāti aruṇaṃ uṭṭhāpetvā. Gataṭṭhānassa atidūrattā ‘‘evaṃ asakkontenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Tatthevāti tasmiṃyeva gataṭṭhāne.
十、转施学处注释显示巴利原文
10. Pariṇatasikkhāpadavaṇṇanā
657-659 657-659. 第十条中,“指定而放置的部分”是指在自己家中另行指定、单独放置的份额。因为说“一个给我,一个给此人”这样一句话就会犯戒,故说“可能一并犯”。“为你们而带来的酥油等”是指为了你们而带来的酥油等。即使知道是已指定之物,若依所述方式乞求,也即是在乞求属于他们自己的东西,因此说:“若说‘也给我’,则是允许的。”显示巴利原文
657-659. Dasame uddissa ṭhapitabhāgeti attano gharepi uddisitvā visuṃ ṭhapitakoṭṭhāse. ‘‘Ekaṃ mayhaṃ, ekaṃ imassa dehī’’ti evaṃ ekavācāya āpajjitabbattā ‘‘āpajjeyya ekato’’ti vuttaṃ. Tumhākaṃ sappiādīni ābhatānīti tumhākaṃ atthāya ābhatāni sappiādīni. Pariṇatabhāvaṃ jānitvāpi vuttavidhinā viññāpentena tesaṃ santakameva viññāpitaṃ nāma hotīti āha – ‘‘mayhampi dethāti vadati, vaṭṭatī’’ti.
660 “连花也不可以移供”,这是就已被指定之物而说。然而,若取一处塔庙所供养的花,转而供养于另一处塔庙,则是允许的。“见其站着”,是指见他拿着剩余之物站着。“不要给这只狗,给这一只”——这也是就已被指定之物而言。但若已经施舍给畜生之后,则可将其赶走而令它吃别的。圣典中以“我们给到哪里呢?”等方式显示了无犯;然而,即使未被询问,若确知“此物未被指定”,便可随己所喜,想给哪里就给哪里——这在三处《结文》中都有宣说。“你们想给哪里就给哪里”这一句,也因为说了“随你们的喜好”,故可随其所欲之处令其施与。“依圣典所说的方法”,即指“你们的施物在哪里”等方法。僧团已作指定、明知已指定而为自己指定、获得——这是此处的三支。显示巴利原文
660.Pupphampi āropetuṃ na vaṭṭatīti idaṃ pariṇataṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Sace pana ekasmiṃ cetiye pūjitaṃ pupphaṃ gahetvā aññasmiṃ cetiye pūjeti, vaṭṭati. Ṭhitaṃ disvāti sesakaṃ gahetvā ṭhitaṃ disvā. Imassa sunakhassa mā dehi, etassa dehīti idaṃ pariṇateyeva. Tiracchānagatassa pariccajitvā dinne pana taṃ palāpetvā aññaṃ bhuñjāpetuṃ vaṭṭati. ‘‘Kattha demātiādinā ekenākārena pāḷiyaṃ anāpatti dassitā, evaṃ pana apucchitepi apariṇataṃ idanti jānantena attano ruciyā yattha icchati, tattha dāpetuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti tīsupi gaṇṭhipadesu vuttaṃ. Yattha icchatha, tattha dethāti etthāpi ‘‘tumhākaṃ ruciyā’’ti vuttattā yattha icchati, tattha dāpetuṃ labhati. Pāḷiyaṃ āgatanayenevāti ‘‘yattha tumhākaṃ deyyadhammo’’tiādinā nayena. Saṅghapariṇatabhāvo, taṃ ñatvā attano pariṇāmanaṃ, paṭilābhoti imānettha tīṇi aṅgāni.